WO2022127920A1 - Preparation method for and intermediate of 5'-nucleoside prodrug - Google Patents

Preparation method for and intermediate of 5'-nucleoside prodrug Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022127920A1
WO2022127920A1 PCT/CN2021/139339 CN2021139339W WO2022127920A1 WO 2022127920 A1 WO2022127920 A1 WO 2022127920A1 CN 2021139339 W CN2021139339 W CN 2021139339W WO 2022127920 A1 WO2022127920 A1 WO 2022127920A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
formula
reagent
group
alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/139339
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
沈敬山
胡天文
谢元超
朱富强
Original Assignee
上海特化医药科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 上海特化医药科技有限公司 filed Critical 上海特化医药科技有限公司
Publication of WO2022127920A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022127920A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • C07H19/10Pyrimidine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/12Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/18Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6561Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H1/00Processes for the preparation of sugar derivatives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/14Pyrrolo-pyrimidine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • C07H19/167Purine radicals with ribosyl as the saccharide radical

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the technical field of pharmacy, in particular to a preparation method and an intermediate of a 5'-nucleoside prodrug.
  • Nucleoside drugs play an important role in antiviral drugs. After entering cells, they are converted into nucleoside triphosphates under the action of kinases, and nucleoside triphosphates compete with DNA polymerase or RNA polymerase of virus or host Insertion into the DNA strand or RNA strand that is being extended during viral replication causes chain termination or strand mutation and thus inhibits viral proliferation.
  • nucleoside compounds cannot achieve their expected efficacy due to hindered phosphorylation process or low bioavailability. Prodrug modification is a classic approach to this problem. Nucleoside 5'-hydroxyesterification or phosphorylation is a common prodrug modification strategy.
  • the nucleoside structure also contains some other active groups such as 2'-hydroxyl group, 3'-hydroxyl group, amino group, etc., so it is difficult to selectively modify the nucleoside 5'-hydroxyl group with prodrugs .
  • the commonly used synthetic method for the modification of nucleoside 5'-hydroxyl prodrugs is the functional group protection method, that is, the non-target active group is first protected, and then the prodrug group is introduced into the 5'-hydroxyl group and then the protective group is removed to achieve selectivity.
  • Prodrug modification of nucleoside 5'-hydroxyl groups such as nucleoside prodrugs Molnupiravir and Remdesivir for the treatment of new coronary pneumonia (SARS-Cov-2).
  • Molnupiravir (EIDD-2801/MK4482) is an oral anti-SARS-Cov-2 drug candidate developed by Merck in the United States in cooperation with Ridgeback Bio, and is currently in Phase II/III clinical research.
  • the existing literature (WO2019173602A1; Eur.J.Org.Chem.2020, 6736-6739; Synlett 2020, 31, A-C) reported the following preparation methods.
  • Remdesivir (Remdesivir, GS-5734) is a novel carbon nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrug developed by Gilead and has been approved by the US FDA for the treatment of SARS-CoV-2.
  • Existing literature J.Med.Chem.2017,60,1648-61; Nature.2016,531,381-5; Bioorg.Med.Chem.Lett.2012,22,2705-7; WO2016069826 has reported on Remdesivir The preparation method is as follows:
  • the above two nucleoside prodrugs adopt the same synthesis strategy, that is, the 2' and 3' hydroxyl groups of the nucleosides are formed into acetal, and then the 5'-hydroxyl groups of the nucleosides are modified by the prodrug, and then deprotected to obtain Nucleoside prodrugs.
  • the above synthetic strategies are relatively common, their severe deprotection conditions lead to many disadvantages such as degradation of nucleoside prodrugs, low yields, and difficulty in product purification.
  • the purpose of this invention is to provide a kind of synthetic method of 5'-nucleoside prodrug and intermediate thereof with low cost, high yield and good product purity.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide compounds that can be used as intermediates in the preparation of 5'-nucleoside prodrugs (as shown in formula VI).
  • reagent O is selected from the following group: hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or its combination;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl);
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 aryl;
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl), substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, arylmethylene;
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of N, CR 12 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of N, NH ;
  • X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are selected from the group consisting of C, N;
  • R 15 is H or OH
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-4 alkyl; most preferably, C1-2 alkyl); or R 4 and R 5 and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached together form a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group (preferably, the saturated heterocyclic group contains only a 4 and R 5 connected N heteroatom);
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-4 alkyl; most preferably, C1- 2 alkyl), substituted or unsubstituted C2-C16 alkenyl (preferably, C2-C6 alkenyl), halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, cyano;
  • substitution means that one or more hydrogens (preferably, 1, 2, 3 or 4) in the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 Alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl; wherein, the benzyl, Aryl and cycloalkyl can also be optionally substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, or 3) substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl; preferably, both R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
  • the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl.
  • Y is selected from the following group:
  • Y is selected from the following group:
  • Y is
  • Y is or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups.
  • Z is selected from the following group:
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, azido, methyl, chloromethyl (CH 2 Cl), fluoromethyl (CH 2 F ), difluoromethyl, vinyl, ethynyl, cyano.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or cyano.
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen.
  • R 12 and R 13 are hydrogen.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , Y and Z are each independently the corresponding groups in the specific compounds in the examples.
  • Y is and/or Z is
  • Y is or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups; and/or Z is
  • the hydroxylamine or its salt includes: hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate, or a combination thereof.
  • the reagent O is selected from the group consisting of hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate, or a combination thereof.
  • the organic acid is selected from the group consisting of formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid , citric acid, or a combination thereof.
  • the inorganic acid is selected from the group consisting of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrofluoric acid, or a combination thereof.
  • step (d) the reagent O is hydrazine hydrate.
  • reagent O is hydroxylamine or a salt thereof, and Z is
  • reagent O is hydroxylamine or a salt thereof, and Z is
  • R 8 is Y is wherein, when R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 12 are as defined above,
  • R 8 is Y is or cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups, wherein R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 12 are as defined above,
  • Reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt
  • Z is
  • R 8 when R 8 is and Y is When; reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid or hydrazine hydrate; Z is
  • R 8 when R 8 is and Y is or the cis-trans isomeric form of the above groups; reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid or hydrazine hydrate; Z is
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen
  • R 3 is cyano
  • R 8 is Y is wherein, R 4 , R 5 , R 10 , R 11 and R 12 are as defined above;
  • Reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid, hydrazine hydrate, Z is
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, R 3 is cyano, and R 8 is Y is or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups, wherein R 4 , R 5 , R 10 , R 11 and R 12 are as defined above;
  • Reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid, hydrazine hydrate, Z is
  • step (d) the reaction is carried out in a fourth solvent.
  • the fourth solvent is selected from the group consisting of alcohol solvents, water, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, or a combination thereof.
  • the alcohol solvent is a C1-C6 alcohol solvent; preferably, it is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, or a combination thereof.
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0 to reflux temperature, preferably 25-100°C.
  • step (d) the compound of formula V reacts with reagent O to directly obtain the compound of formula VI; or, the compound of formula V can react with reagent O to form an intermediate product, which is then converted into formula V from the intermediate product compound, thereby obtaining the compound of formula V.
  • the intermediate product is a compound of formula VII,
  • step (d) includes the step of: in the fourth solvent, at T1 temperature, the compound of formula V is reacted with reagent O, thereby directly obtaining the compound of formula VI.
  • T1 is 0 to reflux temperature; preferably, it is 50-100°C.
  • step (d) comprises the steps:
  • the compound of formula VII is not isolated.
  • T2 0 ⁇ 50°C.
  • T3 is 30°C to reflux temperature, more preferably, T3 is 50-100°C.
  • step (d) the molar ratio of the compound of formula V to reagent O is 1:(1-50); preferably, 1:(1-20); more preferably, 1:( 2 to 20).
  • the method further comprises the step of: preparing the compound of formula V.
  • the preparation of the compound of formula V is as described in the third aspect.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and Y are as defined in the first aspect.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or cyano;
  • Y is And R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and R 12 are as previously defined.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or cyano
  • Y is or cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and R 12 are as previously defined.
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
  • the compound of formula V is the compound of formula V-I, or the compound of formula V-II;
  • the compound of formula V is the compound of formula Va-I or its cis-trans isomer, or the compound of formula Va-II or its cis-trans isomer
  • reagent M is selected from the following group: (Carboxylic acid reagent), (acid anhydride reagent), (Acyl chloride reagent), or (phosphoramide reagent);
  • the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof;
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl
  • R 14 is -W 1 -R 16 ; wherein, W 1 is OS(O) 2 or O; R 16 is hydrogen, chlorine, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (preferably, R 16 is halogenated phenyl, nitro-substituted phenyl); preferably, R 14 is benzenesulfonate (-OS(O) 2 -Ar), substituted phenoxy);
  • X is selected from the following group:
  • step (a) the compound of formula II is N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (that is, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are all methyl groups).
  • the salt includes: ammonium chloride; and/or the inorganic acid includes: hydrochloric acid.
  • step (a) the reaction is carried out in a first inert solvent.
  • the first inert solvent is pyridine.
  • step (a) is: in a first inert solvent, the compound of formula I is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, thereby obtaining the compound of formula III; and the compound of formula III wherein R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
  • step (a) the molar ratio of the compound of formula I to the compound of formula II is 1:(2-10); preferably, 1:(2-5).
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0°C to reflux temperature; preferably, 10°C to 50°C.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of isobutyl and tert-butyl.
  • the reagent M is selected from the group consisting of isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride, or its salt,
  • R 10 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl;
  • R 11 is selected from the following group: methyl, ethyl, isopropyl (iPr), 2-ethylbutyl, benzyl .
  • the salts thereof include salts formed with bases; preferably, the bases are selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, NaOH, KOH, LiOH, Ca(OH) 2. Mg(OH) 2 , or a combination thereof.
  • bases are selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, NaOH, KOH, LiOH, Ca(OH) 2. Mg(OH) 2 , or
  • step (b) the reaction is carried out in the presence of a basic reagent and or optional Lewis acid.
  • the alkaline reagent is an organic base or an organic metal base.
  • the organic base is selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine , 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof.
  • the organometallic base is a Grignard reagent; preferably, the Grignard reagent is selected from the following group: methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, Isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof.
  • the Lewis acid is selected from the group consisting of magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum, or a combination thereof.
  • step (b) the reaction is carried out in a second inert solvent.
  • the second inert solvent includes: halogenated hydrocarbon solvents (such as dichloromethane), ether solvents (such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran), pyridine, acetonitrile, or a combination thereof .
  • halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane
  • ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran
  • pyridine such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran
  • acetonitrile such as acetonitrile
  • step (b) when Y is , the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base.
  • step (b) is:
  • the organic base is selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2, 6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof.
  • step (b) when , the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base and a Lewis acid or in the presence of an organometallic base.
  • the step (b) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic metal base or the co-existence of an organic base and a Lewis acid, the compound of formula III and the reagent M react, Thereby the compound of formula IV is obtained;
  • organometallic bases include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, and the Grignard reagents are selected from the group consisting of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof; and/or
  • the organic base is selected from the following group: N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6- Lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof; and/or
  • the Lewis acid is selected from the group consisting of magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, or a combination thereof.
  • step (b) when the reagent M is In the case of its salt, the reaction needs to be carried out in the presence of a condensing agent.
  • the condensing agent is selected from 1-propyl phosphoric anhydride (T3P), N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), methylsulfonyl chloride (MsCl), 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride ( TsCl), phosphorus oxychloride (POCl3), pivaloyl chloride (PivCl), oxalyl chloride (COCl 2 ), N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate (NDSC), ethyl chloroformate (ECF), Isobutyl chloroformate (IBCF), 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline (EEDQ), 1,2-dihydro-2-isobutoxyquinoline- Isobutyl 1-carboxylate (IIDQ), 1-tert-butoxy-2-butoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroisoquinoline (T3P),
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula I to the reagent M is 1:(1 ⁇ 4); preferably, 1:(1 ⁇ 3); more preferably, 1:(1 ⁇ 2); Preferably, 1: (1 ⁇ 1.5).
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula I to the basic reagent is 1:(1-10); preferably, 1:(1-5); more preferably, 1:(1-4).
  • the molar ratio of the alkaline reagent to the optional Lewis acid is 1:(1-5); preferably, 1:(1-2).
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is -30 to 50°C; preferably, -10 to 30°C.
  • step (c) the reaction is carried out in a third inert solvent.
  • the third inert solvent includes: halogenated hydrocarbon solvents (such as dichloromethane), ether solvents (such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran), or alcohol solvents (including methanol , ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof), or a combination thereof.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane
  • ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran
  • alcohol solvents including methanol , ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof
  • the third inert solvent is the same as the second inert solvent.
  • the reagent N is selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, aqueous hydrochloric acid, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) can be separated and used again.
  • the steps (a), (b) and (c) are carried out in a "one-pot method".
  • steps (b) and (c) are carried out in a "one-pot method" (ie, the compound of formula IV obtained in step (b) is used directly without separation).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 9 , W 1 , X, Y and Z are each independently specific compounds in the examples the corresponding group in .
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and Y are as defined in the third aspect.
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen; when R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, Y is R 4 , R 5 and R 12 are as previously defined.
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen; when R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, Y is or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups; R 4 , R 5 and R 12 are as previously defined.
  • the compound of formula III is the compound of formula III-I or the compound of formula III-II;
  • the compound of formula III is the compound represented by formula IIIa-I or its cis-trans isomer or the compound represented by formula IIIa-II or its cis-trans isomer;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and Y are as defined in the third aspect.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or cyano
  • R 8 is Y is R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 11 are each as defined above.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or cyano
  • R 8 is Y is or cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 11 are each as previously defined.
  • the compound of formula IV is the compound shown in formula IV-I or the compound shown in formula IV-II,
  • the compound of formula IV is a compound represented by formula IVa-I or its cis-trans isomer or a compound represented by formula IVa-II or its cis-trans isomer,
  • the reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt; preferably, it is hydroxylamine sulfate.
  • step (d1) is: reacting the compound of formula V-I with hydroxylamine sulfate to obtain the compound of formula VI-I.
  • step (d1) the molar ratio of the compound of formula V-I to reagent O is 1:(1-50); preferably, 1:(1-20); more preferably, 1:( 2-10); optimally, 1: (2-5).
  • the method further comprises the step of: preparing the compound of formula V-I.
  • the compound of formula V-I is prepared as described in the seventh aspect.
  • reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride
  • the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl) .
  • the compound of formula V-I is the compound of formula Va-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula III-I is the compound of formula IIIa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula IV-I is the compound of formula IVa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the method includes the steps:
  • reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride
  • the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl) .
  • step (a1) the compound of formula II is N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • step (a1) the reaction is carried out in a first inert solvent (eg, pyridine).
  • a first inert solvent eg, pyridine
  • step (a1) is: in pyridine, the compound of formula I-I is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, thereby obtaining formula III-I.
  • step (a1) the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-I to the compound of formula II is 1:(2-10); preferably, 1:(2-5).
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0°C to reflux temperature; preferably, 10 to 50°C.
  • step (b1) the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base.
  • step (b1) the reaction is carried out in a second inert solvent.
  • the second inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
  • step (b1) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic base, the compound of formula III-I and the reagent M are reacted to obtain the compound of formula IV-I.
  • the organic base is selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof; preferably, selected from the group : triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, or a combination thereof.
  • step (b1) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine, the compound of formula III-I and isobutyric anhydride are reacted to obtain formula IV -I compound.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-I to the reagent M is 1:(1 ⁇ 4); preferably, 1:(1 ⁇ 3); more preferably, 1:( 1-2); optimally, 1: (1-1.5).
  • step (b1) the molar ratio of the compound of formula III-I to the organic base is 1:(1-10); preferably, 1:(1-5); more preferably, 1 : (1 to 4).
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0-50°C; preferably, 10-30°C.
  • step (c1) the reaction is carried out in a third inert solvent.
  • the third inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
  • step (c1) is: in the presence of a reagent N in a third inert solvent, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V-I.
  • the reagent N is selected from the following group: acetic acid, water, an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof; preferably, methanol , ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof.
  • step (c1) is: in a third inert solvent, in the presence of ethanol, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound V-I.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) can be separated and used again.
  • the steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method".
  • steps (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method" (ie, the compound of formula IV-I obtained in step (b1) is used directly without separation).
  • reagent O is selected from the group consisting of organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or a combination thereof.
  • the compound of formula V-II is the compound of formula Va-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the method includes the steps:
  • reagent O is selected from the group consisting of organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or a combination thereof.
  • step (d2) is: reacting the compound of formula V-II with acetic acid to obtain the compound of formula VI-II.
  • step (d2) is: reacting the compound of formula V-II with trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the compound of formula VI-II.
  • step (d2) the molar ratio of the compound of formula V-II to reagent O is 1:(1-50); preferably, 1:(1-30); more preferably, 1 : (10-30); most preferably, 1: (15-25).
  • the method further comprises the step of: preparing the compound of formula V-II.
  • the preparation of the compound of formula V-II is as described in the eighth aspect.
  • the reagent M is R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group
  • the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
  • the compound of formula III-II is the compound of formula IIIa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula IV-II is the compound of formula IVa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula V-II is the compound of formula Va-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the method includes the steps:
  • the reagent M is R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group
  • the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
  • step (a2) the compound of formula II is N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • step (a2) the reaction is carried out in a first inert solvent (eg, pyridine).
  • a first inert solvent eg, pyridine
  • step (a2) is: in pyridine, the compound of formula I-II is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, thereby obtaining the compound of formula III-II.
  • step (a2) the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-II to the compound of formula II is 1:(2-10); preferably, 1:(2-5).
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0 ⁇ °C reflux temperature; preferably, 10 ⁇ 50°C.
  • step (b2) the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base.
  • step (b2) the reaction is carried out in a second inert solvent.
  • the second inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
  • step (b2) in the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic metal base or in the coexistence of an organic base and a Lewis acid, the compound of formula III-II and the reagent M are reacted, thereby Compounds of formula IV-II are obtained.
  • the organometallic base includes a Grignard reagent; preferably, the Grignard reagent is selected from the group consisting of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-Butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof.
  • the Grignard reagent is selected from the group consisting of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-Butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof.
  • the organic base is selected from the following group: N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof.
  • the Lewis acid is selected from the following group: magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, chlorine zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, or a combination thereof.
  • step (b2) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of methylmagnesium bromide, make the compound of formula III-II and (where R 14 is ) reaction to obtain the compound of formula IV-II.
  • step (b2) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of magnesium chloride and N,N-diisopropylethylamine, make the compound of formula III-II and (where R 14 is ) reaction to obtain the compound of formula IV-II.
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-II to the reagent M is 1:(1-4); preferably, 1:(1-3); more preferably, 1 : (1-2); most preferably, 1: (1-1.5).
  • the molar ratio of the compound of formula III-II to the basic reagent is 1:(1-10); preferably, 1:(1-5); more preferably, 1: (1 to 3).
  • the molar ratio of the alkaline reagent to the optional Lewis acid is 1:(1-5); preferably, 1:(1-2).
  • the reaction temperature of the reaction is -30-10°C; preferably, -10-0°C.
  • step (c2) the reaction is carried out in a third inert solvent.
  • the third inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
  • step (c2) is: in the third inert solvent, in the presence of reagent N, react the compound of formula IV-II to obtain the compound of formula V-II.
  • the reagent N is selected from the following group: acetic acid, water, an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, methanol, ethanol or isopropanol, preferably methanol, ethanol, isopropanol alcohol, or a combination thereof.
  • step (c2) is: in an inert solvent, in the presence of an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and/or an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, reacting the compound of formula IV-II to obtain compound V-II.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) can be separated and used again;
  • the steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) are carried out by a "one-pot method".
  • steps (b2) and (c2) are carried out by a "one-pot method" (that is, the compound of formula IV-II (containing cis-trans isomers) obtained in step (b) is used directly without separation) .
  • a preparation method of a compound of formula VI comprising the steps:
  • reagent M is selected from the following group: (Carboxylic acid reagent), (acid anhydride reagent), (Acyl chloride reagent), or (phosphoramide reagent);
  • reagent N is a protic solvent
  • reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof;
  • reagent O is selected from the following group: hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or its combination;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 , X, Y and Z are as in the first aspect or Defined in the third aspect.
  • steps (a), (b), (c) and (d) are as defined in the first or third aspect.
  • reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride
  • the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
  • the reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt; preferably, it is hydroxylamine sulfate.
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined in the sixth or seventh aspect.
  • steps (a1), (b1), (c1) and (d1) are as defined in the sixth or seventh aspect.
  • the reagent M is R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group
  • the reagent M is R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined in the eighth or ninth aspect.
  • steps (a2), (b2), (c2) and (d2) are as defined in the eighth or ninth aspect.
  • the compound of formula III-I is the compound of formula IIIa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula IV-I is the compound of formula IVa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula V-I is the compound of formula Va-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula VII-I is the compound of formula VIIa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer
  • the compound of formula III-II is the compound of formula IIIa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula IV-II is the compound of formula IVa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • the compound of formula V-II is the compound of formula Va-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 10 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 12 , R 13 , and Y' are as defined in the first aspect .
  • the compound of formula VII is the compound shown in formula VII-I;
  • the compound of formula VII is a compound represented by formula VIIa-I or its cis-trans isomer
  • the inventors After extensive and in-depth research, the inventors have provided novel intermediate compounds of formula III, formula IV and formula V for the first time through a large number of screening and testing, and provided further preparations such as Molnupiravir or Remdesivir before 5'-nucleoside method of medicine.
  • the raw materials of the method of the invention are easy to obtain, the reaction conditions are mild, safe, not harmful to human health and the environment, and the production cost is low.
  • the invention also has the advantages of high reaction product yield, high purity, less impurities and the like, which is economical and convenient. industrialized production.
  • the intermediates of the present invention can be used as intermediates to further prepare 5'-nucleoside prodrugs such as Molnupiravir and Remdesivir.
  • the present invention has been completed on this basis.
  • the term “about” means that the value may vary by no more than 1% from the recited value.
  • the expression “about 100” includes all values between 99 and 101 and (eg, 99.1, 99.2, 99.3, 99.4, etc.).
  • the terms "containing” or “including (including)” can be open, semi-closed, and closed. In other words, the term also includes “consisting essentially of,” or “consisting of.”
  • room temperature refers to a temperature of 4-40°C, preferably, 25 ⁇ 5°C.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • halo refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms in a group with a halogen.
  • alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group having the specified number of carbon atoms (ie, C1-6 represents 1-6 carbons, Preferably, 1, 2 or 3 carbons).
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a compound having the specified number of ring atoms (eg, C3-6 cycloalkyl) and either fully saturated or having no more than one double bond between the ring tips hydrocarbon ring.
  • heterocycloalkyl or “heterocyclyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S (preferably, only N heteroatoms).
  • the heterocycloalkyl or heterocyclyl group may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system, preferably a monocyclic ring.
  • substituted means that one or more hydrogen atoms (1, 2, 3 or 4) in a group are replaced with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl.
  • heteroatom is intended to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), and silicon (Si); preferably nitrogen.
  • any suitable inert solvent can be used in the process of the present invention.
  • Representative inert solvents include, but are not limited to, pentane, various pentanes, hexanes, various hexanes, heptanes, various heptanes, petroleum ether, cyclopentane, various cyclohexanes, benzene, toluene, Xylene, trifluorotoluene, halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, dichlorobenzene and difluorobenzene, dichloromethane, chloroform, DMF, acetone, ethyl acetate, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine or combinations thereof.
  • the solvent may be chlorobenzene, pyridine, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, or a combination thereof.
  • the reactions in the methods of the present invention can be carried out at any suitable temperature.
  • the reaction temperature can be about -78°C to reflux temperature, such as -78°C to about 100°C, or about -50°C to about 100°C, or about -25°C to about 50°C, or about -10°C to about 25°C, or from about 0°C to about 20°C.
  • the reaction temperature can be about -10°C to about 0°C, or about 20°C to 40°C.
  • the various steps can provide the target compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in any suitable yield.
  • a compound of interest eg, Formula II, Formula IV, Formula V, or Remdesivir, etc.
  • the methods of the present invention can provide the target compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in any purity.
  • a compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least about 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, or at least about 99%.
  • the compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least 95%.
  • the compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least 98%.
  • the compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least 99%.
  • reaction process when the reaction process is described as “directly obtained” or “directly obtained” or “directly formed”, etc., it means that in the reaction system, without changing conditions or performing operations such as separation (such as heating, , adding additional reagents or isolating intermediate products, etc.) to directly obtain or form the specified reaction product.
  • separation such as heating, , adding additional reagents or isolating intermediate products, etc.
  • the reaction process does not exclude the possibility of stable or unstable transition forms in the reaction system, and the transition forms are finally converted to form the designated reaction products.
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula III
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano;
  • Y is
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, and R 3 is hydrogen or cyano
  • Y is wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 is hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano base.
  • R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, and R 3 is hydrogen or cyano
  • Y is or their cis-trans isomeric forms, wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 is hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or Substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano.
  • the present invention also provides compounds of formula III-I and III-II (intermediate)
  • the present invention provides compounds of formula IV;
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
  • R8 is Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or cyano
  • R 8 is Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl; Y is wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 is hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano base.
  • the present invention provides intermediates of formula IV-I and IV-II;
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula V,
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
  • R8 is Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano;
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, azido, methyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, vinyl , alkynyl, cyano;
  • the present invention provides intermediates of formula V-I and V-II
  • the present invention provides a method for the preparation of a compound of formula V, the method comprising the steps of:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , M, N, O, X, Y and Z are as defined above;
  • any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for preparing the compound of formula III.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-diethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide bis Ethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diisopropyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) .
  • the compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I.
  • any suitable reagent M can be used in the method of preparing the compound of formula IV
  • exemplary reagents M include but are not limited to isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
  • reagent M can be isobutyric anhydride, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
  • the step (b) reaction is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent
  • the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases;
  • the organometallics include but not Limited to Grignard reagent, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride;
  • the base is N,N-dichloride Isopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • the base may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
  • the reaction in step (b) can also be carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a Lewis acid, wherein the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine , imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases; all Described organometallic bases include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, preferably from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; the Lewis Acids include but are not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium
  • any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V.
  • exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a), (b) and (c) can be separated and reused separately, or steps (a), (b) and (c) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
  • the present invention also provides a preparation method of a compound of formula V-I, the method comprising the following steps:
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups, and R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
  • any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula III-I.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) .
  • the compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-I.
  • any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-I.
  • exemplary reagent M includes, but is not limited to, isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride; in some embodiments, reagent M may be isobutyric anhydride.
  • the reaction in step (b1) is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent, which includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- One or more of diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, and quinuclidine.
  • the base may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-I.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-I.
  • any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-I.
  • exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) can be separated and used separately, or steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
  • the present invention also provides a preparation method of a compound of formula V-II, the method comprising the following steps:
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups, and R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
  • any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula III-II.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol).
  • the compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-II.
  • any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-II.
  • exemplary reagents M include, but are not limited to In some embodiments, reagent M can be
  • the reaction in step (b2) is carried out in the presence of an organometallic base
  • the organometallic base includes but is not limited to a Grignard reagent; preferably, the Grignard reagent is selected from methyl magnesium bromide, tert-butyl magnesium chloride, tert-butyl One or more of magnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride and ethylmagnesium chloride; more preferably, the organometallic base is methylmagnesium bromide.
  • the organometallic base may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the organometallic base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II.
  • the step (b) reaction can also be carried out in the presence of a basic reagent including an organic base or an organic metal base and a Lewis acid.
  • the organic base includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, One or more of 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, and/or the organometallic including but not Limited to Grignard reagent, preferably the organometallic base is selected from one or more of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride and ethylmagnesium chloride.
  • the alkaline reagent is N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tert-butylmagnesium chloride , and the alkaline reagent is optionally used in combination with magnesium chloride and/or lithium chloride.
  • the base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalent (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid.
  • any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-II.
  • exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) can be separated and reused separately, or steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
  • the present invention provides the preparation method of formula VI compound, comprises the steps:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , Y and Z are the same as above;
  • any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI.
  • exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamine or salts thereof, organic acids, inorganic acids, hydrazine hydrate.
  • Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount.
  • the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol).
  • Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 30.0 (eg, about 2.0 to about 20.0) equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V.
  • the preparation method of the compound of formula VI of the present invention comprises the steps:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano;
  • R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano;
  • Reagent M is carboxylic acid anhydride carboxylic acid Acid chloride Phosphoramide reagent Wherein, R 14 benzenesulfonate group, substituted phenoxy group;
  • R8 is Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl;
  • Reagent N is protic solvent; C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, salt solution of water;
  • Reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid or hydrazine hydrate
  • substituted means that one or more hydrogen atoms (2, 3 or 4) in the group are substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkyne base, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl.
  • any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for preparing the compound of formula III.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-diethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide bis Ethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diisopropyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) .
  • the compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I.
  • any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV.
  • exemplary reagents M include, but are not limited to, isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride, In some embodiments, reagent M can be isobutyric anhydride, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
  • the step (b) reaction is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent
  • the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases;
  • the organometallics include but not Limited to Grignard reagent, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride;
  • the base is N,N-dichloride Isopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine
  • the base may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
  • the step (b) reaction can also be carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a Lewis acid
  • the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole , N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases
  • the Organometallics include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride
  • the Lewis acid includes but Not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate,
  • any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V.
  • exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
  • any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI.
  • exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamine or its salts, organic acids, inorganic acids, hydrazine hydrate.
  • Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount.
  • the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol).
  • Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I mol) is present.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a), (b) and (c) can be separated and reused separately, or steps (a), (b) and (c) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
  • steps (a), (b), (c) and (d) are carried out by a "one-pot method".
  • the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula VI-I, comprising the steps of
  • Any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-I.
  • exemplary reagent O includes, but is not limited to, hydroxylamine, aqueous hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate.
  • Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount.
  • the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V-I, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol).
  • Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-I.
  • the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-I mol) is present.
  • the invention provides a preparation method of VI-I, comprising the steps:
  • R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups, and R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
  • any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula III-I.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) .
  • the compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-I.
  • any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-I.
  • exemplary reagent M includes, but is not limited to, isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride; in some embodiments, reagent M may be isobutyric anhydride.
  • the reaction in step (b1) is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent, which includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine.
  • the base may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-I.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
  • any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-I.
  • exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
  • any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-I.
  • exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamine, aqueous hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate.
  • Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount.
  • the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V-I, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol).
  • Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-I.
  • the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I mol) is present.
  • the compounds obtained in steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) can be separated and used separately, or steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
  • steps (a1), (b1), (c1) and (d1) are carried out in a "one-pot method".
  • the present invention provides a preparation method of VI-II, comprising the steps of
  • Any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-II.
  • exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, formic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrazine hydrate, or solutions thereof.
  • Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount.
  • the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-II, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 30.0 equivalents ( mol/mol).
  • Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 10.0 to about 30.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V-II.
  • the invention provides a preparation method of VI-II, comprising the steps:
  • R 4 , R 5 are methyl
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl
  • any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the preparation of formula III-II compound method.
  • Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol).
  • the compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-II.
  • any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-II.
  • exemplary reagents M include, but are not limited to In some embodiments, reagent M can be
  • the reaction in step (b2) is carried out in the presence of an organic metal base
  • the organic metal includes but is not limited to a Grignard reagent, preferably selected from methyl magnesium bromide, tert-butyl magnesium chloride, tert-butyl magnesium bromide, isopropyl magnesium chloride , methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; preferably, the organometallic base is methylmagnesium bromide.
  • the base may be present in any suitable amount.
  • the base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II.
  • the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II.
  • the reaction in step (b2) can also be carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a Lewis acid
  • the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole , N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases
  • the Organometallics include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride
  • the Lewis acid includes but Not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate
  • any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-II.
  • exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
  • any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-II.
  • exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, formic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrazine hydrate, or solutions thereof.
  • Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount.
  • the Reagent O compound can be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-II, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 20.0 equivalents ( mol/mol).
  • Reagent O can also be present in an amount relative to the compound of Formula V-II (about 10.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) .
  • Reagent O can also be present in an amount relative to the compound of Formula V-II (cis-trans containing isomer) is present in an amount of about 10.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
  • the compound III-I obtained in the previous step was added to dichloromethane (50 mL), and at 25° C., isobutyric anhydride (4.88 g, 30.86 mmol), triethylamine (4.16 g, 41.40 mmol) and 4-N were successively added, N-dimethylaminopyridine (244 mg, 2.00 mmol), reacted for 2 h after the addition, and TLC showed that the raw material had reacted completely.
  • the compound III-I obtained in the previous step was added to dichloromethane (50 mL), and at 25° C., isobutyric anhydride (4.88 g, 30.86 mmol), triethylamine (4.16 g, 41.40 mmol) and 4-N were successively added, N-dimethylaminopyridine (244 mg, 2.00 mmol), reacted for 2 h after the addition, and TLC showed that the raw material had reacted completely.
  • the aqueous layer was diluted with purified water (30 g) and used to wash the 2-methyltetrahydrofuran layer. After washing, the organic layer was washed with anhydrous sodium sulfate. Dry, concentrate, and then use isopropyl acetate (50 mL) to obtain compound VI-1 as a white solid (4.8 g, total yield 70%).
  • III-II and III-3 obtained in the previous step (935 mg, 1.89 mmol) were dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), cooled to -10°C, and a 3.0 M solution of methylmagnesium bromide in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran was slowly added dropwise.
  • reaction solution was added to saturated ammonium chloride (20mL) to quench, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was sequentially diluted with dilute hydrochloric acid The solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and separated by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound V-II as a foamy solid 847 mg, yield 75%.
  • III-II and III-3 (935 mg, 1.89 mmol) obtained in the previous step were dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), then anhydrous magnesium chloride (246 mg, 2.58 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes, and then N was added dropwise. N-diethylisopropylamine (444mg, 3.44mmol), after the addition, the reaction was carried out at 25°C overnight. TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely.
  • reaction solution was added to 2M hydrochloric acid solution (3mL), and then extracted with ethyl acetate , the organic layer was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and separated by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound V-II as a foamy solid 800 mg, yield 71%.

Abstract

Provided in the present invention are a preparation method for and an intermediate of a 5'-nucleoside prodrug. Specifically, provided in the present invention is a method for preparing a compound of formula VI. The method comprises the steps of: (a) reacting a compound of formula I and a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula III; (b) reacting the compound of formula III and reagent M to obtain a compound of formula IV; (c) reacting the compound of formula IV in the presence of reagent N to obtain a compound of formula V; and (d) reacting the compound of formula V with reagent O to obtain a compound of formula VI. The preparation method provided by the present invention has the advantages of having low costs, high yield, good product purity and the like, and is capable of achieving the efficient synthesis of 5'-nucleoside prodrugs.

Description

5’-核苷前药的制备方法及中间体Preparation method and intermediate of 5'-nucleoside prodrug 技术领域technical field
本发明涉及制药技术领域,具体涉及5’-核苷前药的制备方法及中间体。The invention relates to the technical field of pharmacy, in particular to a preparation method and an intermediate of a 5'-nucleoside prodrug.
背景技术Background technique
核苷类药物在抗病毒药物中占有重要地位,其进入细胞后在激酶的作用下转化为核苷三磷酸,核苷三磷酸在病毒或宿主的DNA聚合酶或RNA聚合酶作用下竞争性地插入病毒复制过程中正在延长的DNA链或RNA链,引起链终止或链突变既而抑制病毒增殖。然而一些核苷类化合物由于磷酸化过程受阻或生物利用度低导致其药效无法达到预期。前药修饰是解决这一问题的经典方法。核苷5’-羟基酯化或磷酸酯化是一种常见的前药修饰策略。由于核苷结构中除5’-羟基外,还含有一些其他活性基团如2’-羟基、3’-羟基、氨基等,因此核苷5’-羟基选择性地进行前药修饰是一难点。目前核苷5’-羟基前药修饰常用的合成方法为官能团保护法即先对非目标活性基团予以保护,然后在5’-羟基引入前药基团再脱除保护基,以实现选择性地对核苷5’-羟基进行前药修饰,如治疗新冠肺炎(SARS-Cov-2)的核苷前药Molnupiravir和Remdesivir。Nucleoside drugs play an important role in antiviral drugs. After entering cells, they are converted into nucleoside triphosphates under the action of kinases, and nucleoside triphosphates compete with DNA polymerase or RNA polymerase of virus or host Insertion into the DNA strand or RNA strand that is being extended during viral replication causes chain termination or strand mutation and thus inhibits viral proliferation. However, some nucleoside compounds cannot achieve their expected efficacy due to hindered phosphorylation process or low bioavailability. Prodrug modification is a classic approach to this problem. Nucleoside 5'-hydroxyesterification or phosphorylation is a common prodrug modification strategy. In addition to the 5'-hydroxyl group, the nucleoside structure also contains some other active groups such as 2'-hydroxyl group, 3'-hydroxyl group, amino group, etc., so it is difficult to selectively modify the nucleoside 5'-hydroxyl group with prodrugs . At present, the commonly used synthetic method for the modification of nucleoside 5'-hydroxyl prodrugs is the functional group protection method, that is, the non-target active group is first protected, and then the prodrug group is introduced into the 5'-hydroxyl group and then the protective group is removed to achieve selectivity. Prodrug modification of nucleoside 5'-hydroxyl groups, such as nucleoside prodrugs Molnupiravir and Remdesivir for the treatment of new coronary pneumonia (SARS-Cov-2).
Molnupiravir(EIDD-2801/MK4482)是由美国Merck公司与Ridgeback Bio公司合作开发的口服抗SARS-Cov-2候选药物,目前已处于II/III期临床研究。现有文献(WO2019173602A1;Eur.J.Org.Chem.2020,6736–6739;Synlett 2020,31,A–C)报道了如下制备方法。Molnupiravir (EIDD-2801/MK4482) is an oral anti-SARS-Cov-2 drug candidate developed by Merck in the United States in cooperation with Ridgeback Bio, and is currently in Phase II/III clinical research. The existing literature (WO2019173602A1; Eur.J.Org.Chem.2020, 6736-6739; Synlett 2020, 31, A-C) reported the following preparation methods.
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000001
Remdesivir(瑞德西韦,GS-5734)是由吉利德科学公司(Gilead)开发的一种新型碳核苷氨基磷酸酯前药,目前已被美国FDA批准用于SARS-CoV-2的治疗。现有文献(J.Med.Chem.2017,60,1648-61;Nature.2016,531,381-5;Bioorg.Med.Chem.Lett.2012,22,2705-7;WO2016069826)已报道了关于Remdesivir的如下制备方法:Remdesivir (Remdesivir, GS-5734) is a novel carbon nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrug developed by Gilead and has been approved by the US FDA for the treatment of SARS-CoV-2. Existing literature (J.Med.Chem.2017,60,1648-61; Nature.2016,531,381-5; Bioorg.Med.Chem.Lett.2012,22,2705-7; WO2016069826) has reported on Remdesivir The preparation method is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000002
由以上制备方法可见,上述两种核苷前药采用了相同的合成策略即将核苷2’,3’位羟基形成缩丙酮,然后对核苷5’-羟基进行前药修饰,再脱保护得到核苷前药。虽然以上合成策略较为常见,但由于其剧烈的脱保护条件导致了很多缺点如核苷前药降解,收率低,产物纯化困难等It can be seen from the above preparation methods that the above two nucleoside prodrugs adopt the same synthesis strategy, that is, the 2' and 3' hydroxyl groups of the nucleosides are formed into acetal, and then the 5'-hydroxyl groups of the nucleosides are modified by the prodrug, and then deprotected to obtain Nucleoside prodrugs. Although the above synthetic strategies are relatively common, their severe deprotection conditions lead to many disadvantages such as degradation of nucleoside prodrugs, low yields, and difficulty in product purification.
综上所述,本领域迫切需要开发一种新的5’-核苷前药的制备方法。尤其是当核苷2’位、3’位、5’位均为羟基时,对核苷5’-羟基选择性地前药修饰迫切需要寻找一条更经济、实用、环保的新合成方法,以提高工艺稳定性,降低成本、提高产品质量。In summary, there is an urgent need in the art to develop a new preparation method for 5'-nucleoside prodrugs. Especially when the 2', 3', and 5' positions of nucleosides are all hydroxyl groups, it is urgent to find a more economical, practical and environmentally friendly new synthetic method for the selective prodrug modification of the 5'-hydroxyl group of nucleosides. Improve process stability, reduce costs and improve product quality.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本发明的目的是提供一种成本低、收率高、产品纯度好的5’-核苷前药及其中间体的合成方法。本发明另一目的是提供可用做制备5’-核苷前药(如式VI所示)中间体的化合物。The purpose of this invention is to provide a kind of synthetic method of 5'-nucleoside prodrug and intermediate thereof with low cost, high yield and good product purity. Another object of the present invention is to provide compounds that can be used as intermediates in the preparation of 5'-nucleoside prodrugs (as shown in formula VI).
在本发明的一方面中,提供了一种制备式VI化合物的方法,所述方法包括步骤:In one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for preparing a compound of formula VI, the method comprising the steps of:
(d)使式V化合物与试剂O反应,从而得到式VI化合物;(d) reacting the compound of formula V with reagent O to obtain the compound of formula VI;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000003
其中,试剂O选自下组:羟胺或其盐、有机酸、无机酸、水合肼,或其组合;Wherein, reagent O is selected from the following group: hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or its combination;
各式中,various,
R 1、R 2和R 3各自独立地选自下组:氢、卤素、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基;更佳地,C1-C4烷基)、取代或未取代的C2-C6烯基、取代或未取代的C2-C6炔基、叠氮基(-N=N=N)、氰基; R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl) ), substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 alkynyl, azido (-N=N=N), cyano;
R 8 R8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000004
R 9选自下组:氢、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基;更佳地,C1-C4烷基); R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl);
R 10选自下组:C1-C6烷基、取代或未取代的C3-C7环烷基、取代或未取代的C6-C10芳基; R 10 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 aryl;
R 11选自下组:取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基)、取代或未取代的C3-C7环烷基、芳基亚甲基; R 11 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl), substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, arylmethylene;
Y为Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000005
Z为Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000007
表示单键或双键;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000007
Indicates a single bond or a double bond;
X 1选自下组:N、CR 12X 1 is selected from the group consisting of N, CR 12 ;
X 2选自下组:C(=O); X 2 is selected from the group consisting of C(=O);
X 3选自下组:C(=O)、C(N=CHNR 4R 5); X 3 is selected from the group consisting of C(=O), C(N=CHNR 4 R 5 );
X 4选自下组:N、NH; X is selected from the group consisting of N, NH ;
X 5、X 6和X 7选自下组:C、N; X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are selected from the group consisting of C, N;
X 8选自下组:C(=O)、C(NHR 15); X 8 is selected from the group consisting of C(=O), C(NHR 15 );
R 15为H或OH; R 15 is H or OH;
R 4和R 5各自独立地选自下组:氢、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-8烷基;更佳地,C1-4烷基;最佳地,C1-2烷基);或者R 4和R 5以及与它们相连的氮原子共同形成取代或未取代的4至7元饱和杂环基(较佳地,所述饱和杂环基仅含与R 4和R 5相连的N杂原子); R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-4 alkyl; most preferably, C1-2 alkyl); or R 4 and R 5 and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached together form a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic group (preferably, the saturated heterocyclic group contains only a 4 and R 5 connected N heteroatom);
R 12和R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-8烷基;更佳地,C1-4烷基;最佳地,C1-2烷基)、取代或未取代的C2-C16烯基(较佳地,C2-C6烯基)、卤素、取代或未取代的氨基、氰基; R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-8 alkyl; more preferably, C1-4 alkyl; most preferably, C1- 2 alkyl), substituted or unsubstituted C2-C16 alkenyl (preferably, C2-C6 alkenyl), halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, cyano;
除非特别说明,所述取代是指基团中一个或多个氢(较佳地,1、2、3或4个)被选自下组的取代基取代:C1-C6烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、C1-C6烷氧基、C3-C6环烷基、卤素、C1-C3卤代烷基、硝基、C6-C10芳基、苄基;其中,所述苄基、芳基和环烷基还能任选地被一个或多个(如1、2或3个)选自下组的取代基所述取代卤素、C1-C3烷基、C1-C3卤代烷基。Unless otherwise specified, the substitution means that one or more hydrogens (preferably, 1, 2, 3 or 4) in the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 Alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl; wherein, the benzyl, Aryl and cycloalkyl can also be optionally substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, or 3) substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl.
在另一优选例中,R 4和R 5各自独立地选自下组:氢、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基;较佳地,R 4和R 5均为甲基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl; preferably, both R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
在另一优选例中,所述芳基选自下组:取代或未取代的苯基、取代或未取代的萘基。In another preferred embodiment, the aryl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl.
在另一优选例中,Y选自下组:In another preferred embodiment, Y is selected from the following group:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000008
在另一优选例中,Y选自下组:In another preferred embodiment, Y is selected from the following group:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000009
或上述基团的顺反异构形式。or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups.
在另一优选例中,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000010
In another preferred embodiment, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000010
在另一优选例中,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000011
或上述基团的顺反异构形式。
In another preferred embodiment, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000011
or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups.
在另一优选例中,Z选自下组:In another preferred embodiment, Z is selected from the following group:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000012
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2和R 3各独立地选自下组:氢、氟、叠氮基、甲基、氯甲基(CH 2Cl)、氟甲基(CH 2F)、二氟甲基、乙烯基、乙炔基、氰基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, azido, methyl, chloromethyl (CH 2 Cl), fluoromethyl (CH 2 F ), difluoromethyl, vinyl, ethynyl, cyano.
在另一优选例中,R 3为氢或氰基。 In another preferred example, R 3 is hydrogen or cyano.
在另一优选例中,R 1和R 2为氢。 In another preferred embodiment, R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen.
在另一优选例中,R 12和R 13为氢。 In another preferred example, R 12 and R 13 are hydrogen.
在另一优选例中,各式中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 8、R 9、R 10、R 11、R 12、R 13、R 14、R 15、X 1、X 2、X 3、X 4、X 5、X 6、X 7、X 8、Y和Z各自独立地为实施例中具体化合物中所对应的基团。 In another preferred example, in each formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , Y and Z are each independently the corresponding groups in the specific compounds in the examples.
在另一优选例中,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000013
和/或Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000015
In another preferred embodiment, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000013
and/or Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000015
在另一优选例中,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000016
或上述基团的顺反异构形式;和/或Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000017
In another preferred embodiment, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000016
or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups; and/or Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000017
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,所述羟胺或其盐包括:羟胺、盐酸羟胺、硫酸羟胺,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (d), the hydroxylamine or its salt includes: hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,试剂O选自下组:羟胺、盐酸羟胺、硫酸羟胺,或其组合。In another preferred embodiment, in step (d), the reagent O is selected from the group consisting of hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,试剂O中,所述有机酸选自下组:甲酸、乙酸、三氟乙酸、三氯乙酸、甲磺酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (d), in reagent O, the organic acid is selected from the group consisting of formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid , citric acid, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,试剂O中,所述无机酸选自下组:硫酸、磷酸、盐酸、氢溴酸、氢氟酸,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (d), in reagent O, the inorganic acid is selected from the group consisting of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrofluoric acid, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,试剂O为水合肼。In another preferred embodiment, in step (d), the reagent O is hydrazine hydrate.
在另一优选例中,当R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000018
且Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000019
时,试剂O为羟胺或其盐,以及Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000020
In another preferred embodiment, when R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000018
and Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000019
, reagent O is hydroxylamine or a salt thereof, and Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000020
在另一优选例中,当R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000021
且Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000022
或上述基团的顺反异构形式时,试剂O为羟胺或其盐,以及Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000023
In another preferred embodiment, when R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000021
and Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000022
or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups, reagent O is hydroxylamine or a salt thereof, and Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000023
在另一优选例中,当R 1、R 2和R 3为氢,R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000024
Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000025
其中,R 4、R 5、R 9和R 12如前定义时,
In another preferred embodiment, when R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen, R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000024
Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000025
wherein, when R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 12 are as defined above,
在另一优选例中,当R 1、R 2和R 3为氢,R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000026
Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000027
或上述基团的顺反异构形式,其中,R 4、R 5、R 9和R 12如前定义时,
In another preferred embodiment, when R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are hydrogen, R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000026
Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000027
or cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups, wherein R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 12 are as defined above,
试剂O为羟胺或其盐,Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000028
Reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt, Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000028
在另一优选例中,当R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000029
且Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000030
时;试剂O为无机酸、有机酸或水合肼;Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000031
In another preferred embodiment, when R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000029
and Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000030
When; reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid or hydrazine hydrate; Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000031
在另一优选例中,当R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000032
且Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000033
或上述基团的顺反异构形式时;试剂O为无机酸、有机酸或水合肼;Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000034
In another preferred embodiment, when R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000032
and Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000033
or the cis-trans isomeric form of the above groups; reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid or hydrazine hydrate; Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000034
在另一优选例中,当R 1和R 2为氢,R 3为氰基,R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000035
Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000036
其中,R 4、R 5、R 10、R 11和R 12如前定义时;
In another preferred example, when R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, R 3 is cyano, and R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000035
Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000036
wherein, R 4 , R 5 , R 10 , R 11 and R 12 are as defined above;
试剂O为无机酸、有机酸、水合肼,Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000037
Reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid, hydrazine hydrate, Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000037
在另一优选例中,当R 1和R 2为氢,R 3为氰基,R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000038
Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000039
或上述基团的顺反异构形式,其中,R 4、R 5、R 10、R 11和R 12如前定义时;
In another preferred example, when R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, R 3 is cyano, and R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000038
Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000039
or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups, wherein R 4 , R 5 , R 10 , R 11 and R 12 are as defined above;
试剂O为无机酸、有机酸、水合肼,Z为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000040
Reagent O is inorganic acid, organic acid, hydrazine hydrate, Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000040
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,所述的反应在第四溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (d), the reaction is carried out in a fourth solvent.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,所述第四溶剂选自下组:醇类溶剂、水、四氢呋喃、乙腈,或其组合。In another preferred embodiment, in step (d), the fourth solvent is selected from the group consisting of alcohol solvents, water, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,所述醇类溶剂为C1-C6醇类溶剂;较佳地,选自下组:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (d), the alcohol solvent is a C1-C6 alcohol solvent; preferably, it is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,所述反应的反应温度为0至回流温度,较佳地,25~100℃。In another preferred embodiment, in step (d), the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0 to reflux temperature, preferably 25-100°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,式V化合物与试剂O反应,直接得到式VI化合物;或者,式V化合物可与试剂O反应形成中间产物,再由该中间产物转化为式V化合物,从而得到式V化合物。In another preferred example, in step (d), the compound of formula V reacts with reagent O to directly obtain the compound of formula VI; or, the compound of formula V can react with reagent O to form an intermediate product, which is then converted into formula V from the intermediate product compound, thereby obtaining the compound of formula V.
在另一优选例中,所述中间产物为式VII化合物,In another preferred embodiment, the intermediate product is a compound of formula VII,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000041
Y'为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000042
Y' is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000042
X 10为C(NHC=NOH); X 10 is C (NHC=NOH);
其中,X 1、X 2、X 4、X 5、X 6、X 7、R 1、R 2、R 3、R 8、R 12、和R 13如前定义。 wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 13 are as defined above.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)包括步骤:在第四溶剂中,在T1温度下,使式V化合物与试剂O反应,从而直接得到式VI化合物。In another preferred embodiment, step (d) includes the step of: in the fourth solvent, at T1 temperature, the compound of formula V is reacted with reagent O, thereby directly obtaining the compound of formula VI.
在另一优选例中,T1为0至回流温度;较佳地,为50~100℃。In another preferred embodiment, T1 is 0 to reflux temperature; preferably, it is 50-100°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)包括步骤:In another preferred embodiment, step (d) comprises the steps:
(d1)在第四溶剂中,在T2温度下,使式V化合物与试剂O反应,从而形成式VII化合物;和(d1) reacting a compound of formula V with reagent O in a fourth solvent at temperature T2 to form a compound of formula VII; and
(d2)在第四溶剂中,在T3温度下,使式VII化合物与试剂O反应形成式VI化合物;(d2) in a fourth solvent, at T3 temperature, the compound of formula VII is reacted with reagent O to form the compound of formula VI;
并且T3>T2。And T3>T2.
在另一优选例中,不分离式VII化合物。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula VII is not isolated.
在另一优选例中,T2=0~50℃。In another preferred example, T2=0∼50°C.
在另一优选例中,T3为30℃至回流温度,更佳地,T3为50~100℃。In another preferred embodiment, T3 is 30°C to reflux temperature, more preferably, T3 is 50-100°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d)中,式V化合物与试剂O的摩尔比为1:(1~50);较佳地,1:(1~20);更佳地,1:(2~20)。In another preferred example, in step (d), the molar ratio of the compound of formula V to reagent O is 1:(1-50); preferably, 1:(1-20); more preferably, 1:( 2 to 20).
在另一优选例中,所述方法还包括步骤:式V化合物的制备。In another preferred embodiment, the method further comprises the step of: preparing the compound of formula V.
在另一优选例中,所述式V化合物的制备如第三方面所述。In another preferred embodiment, the preparation of the compound of formula V is as described in the third aspect.
在本发明的第二方面中,提供了一种式V化合物,In a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula V,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000043
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000043
其中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 8和Y如第一方面中定义。 wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and Y are as defined in the first aspect.
在另一优选例中,R 3为氢或氰基;Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000044
且R 1、R 2、R 4、R 5、R 8和R 12如前定义。
In another preferred example, R 3 is hydrogen or cyano; Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000044
And R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and R 12 are as previously defined.
在另一优选例中,R 3为氢或氰基;Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000045
或上述基团的顺反异构形式;且R 1、R 2、R 4、R 5、R 8和R 12如前定义。
In another preferred example, R 3 is hydrogen or cyano; Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000045
or cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups; and R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and R 12 are as previously defined.
在另一优选例中,R 4和R 5为甲基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
在另一优选例中,所述式V化合物为式V-I化合物,或式V-II化合物;In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V is the compound of formula V-I, or the compound of formula V-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000046
在另一优选例中,所述式V化合物为式Va-I化合物或其顺反异构体,或式Va-II化合物或其顺反异构体In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V is the compound of formula Va-I or its cis-trans isomer, or the compound of formula Va-II or its cis-trans isomer
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000047
在本发明的第三方面中,提供了一种制备式V化合物的方法,所述方法包括步骤:In a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for preparing a compound of formula V, the method comprising the steps of:
(a)使式I化合物与式II化合物反应,从而得到式III化合物;(a) reacting a compound of formula I with a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula III;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000048
(b)使式III化合物与试剂M反应,从而得到式IV化合物;(b) reacting the compound of formula III with reagent M, thereby obtaining the compound of formula IV;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000049
其中,试剂M选自下组:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000050
(羧酸试剂)、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000051
(酸酐试剂)、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000052
(酰氯试剂)、或
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000053
(磷酰胺试剂);
Wherein, reagent M is selected from the following group:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000050
(Carboxylic acid reagent),
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000051
(acid anhydride reagent),
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000052
(Acyl chloride reagent), or
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000053
(phosphoramide reagent);
(c)在试剂N存在下,使式IV化合物发生反应,从而得到式V化合物;(c) in the presence of reagent N, the compound of formula IV is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000054
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof;
各式中,various,
X为X is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000055
R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢或C1-C16烷基; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
X 9为C(=O)、C(NH 2); X 9 is C(=O), C(NH 2 );
R 14为-W 1-R 16;其中,W 1为O-S(O) 2或O;R 16为氢、氯、取代或未取代的苯基(较佳地,R 16为卤代苯基、硝基取代的苯基);较佳地,R 14为苯磺酸酯基(-O-S(O) 2-Ar)、取代苯氧基); R 14 is -W 1 -R 16 ; wherein, W 1 is OS(O) 2 or O; R 16 is hydrogen, chlorine, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (preferably, R 16 is halogenated phenyl, nitro-substituted phenyl); preferably, R 14 is benzenesulfonate (-OS(O) 2 -Ar), substituted phenoxy);
取代、X 1、X 2、X 4、X 5、X 6、X 7、R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 8、R 9、R 10、R 12、R 13和Y如第一方面中定义。 Substitution, X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 12 , R 13 and Y is as defined in the first aspect.
在另一优选例中,X选自下组:In another preferred embodiment, X is selected from the following group:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000056
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)中,式II化合物为N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛(即R 4、R 5、R 6和R 7均为甲基)。 In another preferred example, in step (a), the compound of formula II is N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (that is, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are all methyl groups).
在另一优选例中,试剂N中,所述盐包括:氯化铵;和/或所述无机酸包括:盐酸。In another preferred example, in the reagent N, the salt includes: ammonium chloride; and/or the inorganic acid includes: hydrochloric acid.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)中,所述的反应在第一惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (a), the reaction is carried out in a first inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述的第一惰性溶剂为吡啶。In another preferred embodiment, the first inert solvent is pyridine.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)为:在第一惰性溶剂中,使式I化合物与N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛反应,从而得到式III化合物;并且式III中R 4和R 5为甲基。 In another preferred example, step (a) is: in a first inert solvent, the compound of formula I is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, thereby obtaining the compound of formula III; and the compound of formula III wherein R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)中,式I化合物与式II化合物的摩尔比为1:(2~10);较佳地,1:(2~5)。In another preferred example, in step (a), the molar ratio of the compound of formula I to the compound of formula II is 1:(2-10); preferably, 1:(2-5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)中,所述反应的反应温度为0℃~回流温度;较佳地, 10~50℃。In another preferred example, in step (a), the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0°C to reflux temperature; preferably, 10°C to 50°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,R 9选自下组:异丁基、叔丁基。 In another preferred embodiment, in step (b), R 9 is selected from the group consisting of isobutyl and tert-butyl.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,试剂M为选自下组:异丁酸酐、异丁酸、异丁酰氯、特戊酰氯、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000057
或其盐,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000058
In another preferred example, in step (b), the reagent M is selected from the group consisting of isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000057
or its salt,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000058
其中,R 10为取代或未取代的苯基,取代或未取代的萘基;R 11选自下组:甲基、乙基、异丙基(iPr)、2-乙基丁基、苄基。 Wherein, R 10 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl; R 11 is selected from the following group: methyl, ethyl, isopropyl (iPr), 2-ethylbutyl, benzyl .
在另一优选例中,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000059
或其盐的盐包括与碱形成的盐;较佳地,所述碱选自下组:三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环、NaOH、KOH、LiOH、Ca(OH) 2、Mg(OH) 2,或其组合。
In another preferred embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000059
The salts thereof include salts formed with bases; preferably, the bases are selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, NaOH, KOH, LiOH, Ca(OH) 2. Mg(OH) 2 , or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,所述的反应在碱性试剂和或任选的路易斯(Lewis)酸的存在下进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (b), the reaction is carried out in the presence of a basic reagent and or optional Lewis acid.
在另一优选例中,所述碱性试剂为有机碱或有机金属碱。In another preferred embodiment, the alkaline reagent is an organic base or an organic metal base.
在另一优选例中,所述有机碱选自下组:三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环,或其组合。In another preferred embodiment, the organic base is selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine , 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述有机金属碱为格氏试剂;较佳地,所述的格氏试剂选自下组:甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁,或其组合。In another preferred example, the organometallic base is a Grignard reagent; preferably, the Grignard reagent is selected from the following group: methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, Isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述的路易斯酸选自下组:氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝,或其组合。In another preferred embodiment, the Lewis acid is selected from the group consisting of magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,所述的反应在第二惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (b), the reaction is carried out in a second inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述第二惰性溶剂包括:卤代烃类溶剂(如二氯甲烷)、醚类溶剂(如四氢呋喃和/或2-甲基四氢呋喃)、吡啶、乙腈,或其组合。In another preferred embodiment, the second inert solvent includes: halogenated hydrocarbon solvents (such as dichloromethane), ether solvents (such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran), pyridine, acetonitrile, or a combination thereof .
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,当Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000060
时,所述的反应在有机碱的存在下进行。
In another preferred embodiment, in step (b), when Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000060
, the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base.
在另一优选例中,当Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000061
(例如,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000062
或上述基团的顺反异构形式)时,步骤(b)为:
In another preferred example, when Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000061
(For example, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000062
or the cis-trans isomeric form of the above group), step (b) is:
在第二惰性溶剂中,在有机碱存在下,式III化合物和试剂M发生反应生成式IV化合物;In the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic base, the compound of formula III and the reagent M react to generate the compound of formula IV;
较佳地,所述有机碱选自下组:三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环,或其组合。Preferably, the organic base is selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2, 6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,当
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000063
时,所述的反应在有机碱和路易斯酸的存在下或者在有机金属碱的存在下进行。
In another preferred embodiment, in step (b), when
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000063
, the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base and a Lewis acid or in the presence of an organometallic base.
在另一优选例中,当Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000064
(例如,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000065
或上述基团的顺反异构形式)时,步骤(b)为:在第二惰性溶剂中,在有机金属碱存在下或有机碱与路易斯酸共同存在下,式III化合物和试剂M反应,从而得到式IV化合物;
In another preferred example, when Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000064
(For example, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000065
or the cis-trans isomer form of the above-mentioned group), the step (b) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic metal base or the co-existence of an organic base and a Lewis acid, the compound of formula III and the reagent M react, Thereby the compound of formula IV is obtained;
较佳地,有机金属碱包括但不限于格氏试剂,所述的格氏试剂为选自下组:甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁,或其组合;和/或Preferably, organometallic bases include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, and the Grignard reagents are selected from the group consisting of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof; and/or
所述的有机碱为选自下组:N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环,或其组合;和/或The organic base is selected from the following group: N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6- Lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof; and/or
所述的路易斯酸为选自下组:氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝,或其组合。The Lewis acid is selected from the group consisting of magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,当试剂M为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000066
或其盐时,反应需要在缩合剂存在下进行。
In another preferred embodiment, in step (b), when the reagent M is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000066
In the case of its salt, the reaction needs to be carried out in the presence of a condensing agent.
在另一优选例中,所述的缩合剂选自1-丙基磷酸酐(T3P)、N,N'-羰基二咪唑(CDI)、甲基磺酰氯(MsCl)、4-甲苯磺酰氯(TsCl)、三氯氧磷(POCl3)、特戊酰氯(PivCl)、草酰氯(COCl 2)、N,N'-二琥珀酰亚胺基碳酸酯(NDSC)、氯甲酸乙酯(ECF)、氯甲酸异丁酯(IBCF)、2-乙氧基-1-乙氧碳酰基-1,2-二氢喹啉(EEDQ)、1,2-二氢-2-异丁氧基喹啉-1-甲酸异丁酯(IIDQ)、1-叔丁氧基-2-丁氧羰基-1,2-二氢异喹啉(BBDI)、三聚氯氰(TCT)、N,N'-二异丙基碳二亚胺(DIC)、二环己基碳二亚胺(DCC)、N,N,N′,N′-四甲基-O-(7-氮杂苯并三唑-1-基)六氟磷酸脲(HATU)、(2-肟基-氰基乙酸乙酯)-N,N-二甲基-吗啉基脲六氟磷酸酯(COMU)、6-氯苯并三氮唑-1,1,3,3-四甲基脲六氟磷酸酯(HCTU)、苯并三氮唑-N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲六氟磷酸盐(HBTU)、6-氯苯并三氮唑-1,1,3,3-四甲基脲四氟硼酸酯(TCTU)、2-(1H-苯并三偶氮L-1-基)-1,1,3,3-四甲基脲四氟硼酸酯(TBTU)、O-[(乙氧基羰基)氰基甲胺]-N,N,N',N'-四甲基硫脲四氟硼酸盐(TOTU)、2-琥珀酰亚胺基-1,1,3,3-四甲基脲四氟硼酸酯(TSTU)、O-(1,2-二氢-2-氧-1-吡啶)-N,N,N',N'-四甲基硫尿 四氟硼酸(TPTU)、1H-苯并三唑-1-基氧三吡咯烷基六氟磷酸盐(PyBOP)、1H-苯并三唑-1-基氧三吡咯烷基六氟磷酸盐(PyBrOP)、氯代三吡咯烷基六氟磷酸盐(PyClOP)、1-(氯-1-吡咯烷基亚甲基)吡咯烷六氟磷酸盐(PyClU)、1-(3-二甲氨基丙基)-3-乙基碳二亚胺盐酸盐(EDCI)(3H-1,2,3-三唑并[4,5-B]吡啶-3-氧基)三-1-吡咯烷基六氟磷酸盐(PyAOP)、氯磷酸二乙酯(DEPC)、双(2-氧代'-3-恶唑烷基)次磷酰氯(BOPCl)、二苯基次膦酰氯(DppCl)、磷酸二苯酯(DPP)、氯磷酸二苯酯(DPC)、2-氯-1,3-二甲基咪唑六氟磷酸盐(CIP)、N,N,N',N'-四甲基-O-(3,4-二氢-4-氧代-1,2,3-苯并三嗪-3-基)脲四氟硼酸盐(TOBTU)、五氟苯基二苯基磷酸酯(FDPP)、4-(4,6-二甲氧基三嗪-2-基)-4-甲基吗啉盐酸盐(DMTMM)、2-氯-4,6-二甲氧基-1,3,5-三嗪(CDMT)、四甲基氟代脲六氟磷酸酯(TFFH)、2-(5-降冰片烯-2,3-二甲酰亚胺基)-1,1,3,3-四甲基脲四氟硼酸季铵盐(TNTU)。 In another preferred embodiment, the condensing agent is selected from 1-propyl phosphoric anhydride (T3P), N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI), methylsulfonyl chloride (MsCl), 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride ( TsCl), phosphorus oxychloride (POCl3), pivaloyl chloride (PivCl), oxalyl chloride (COCl 2 ), N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate (NDSC), ethyl chloroformate (ECF), Isobutyl chloroformate (IBCF), 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline (EEDQ), 1,2-dihydro-2-isobutoxyquinoline- Isobutyl 1-carboxylate (IIDQ), 1-tert-butoxy-2-butoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroisoquinoline (BBDI), cyanuric chloride (TCT), N,N'-dihydroisoquinoline Isopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-O-(7-azabenzotriazole-1- base) hexafluorophosphate urea (HATU), (2-oximo-ethyl cyanoacetate)-N,N-dimethyl-morpholinyl urea hexafluorophosphate (COMU), 6-chlorobenzotriazepine oxazole-1,1,3,3-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate (HCTU), benzotriazole-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 6-Chlorobenzotriazole-1,1,3,3-tetramethylurea tetrafluoroborate (TCTU), 2-(1H-benzotriazo L-1-yl)-1,1 ,3,3-Tetramethylurea tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), O-[(ethoxycarbonyl)cyanomethylamine]-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylthiourea tetrafluoro borate (TOTU), 2-succinimidyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethylurea tetrafluoroborate (TSTU), O-(1,2-dihydro-2-oxo- 1-pyridine)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylthiourea tetrafluoroboric acid (TPTU), 1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxytripyrrolidinyl hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), 1H-benzotriazol-1-yloxytripyrrolidinyl hexafluorophosphate (PyBrOP), chlorotripyrrolidinyl hexafluorophosphate (PyClOP), 1-(chloro-1-pyrrolidinylmethylene ) pyrrolidine hexafluorophosphate (PyClU), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI) (3H-1,2,3-triazolo[ 4,5-B]pyridin-3-oxy)tris-1-pyrrolidinyl hexafluorophosphate (PyAOP), diethyl chlorophosphate (DEPC), bis(2-oxo'-3-oxazolidine base) phosphinic acid chloride (BOPCl), diphenylphosphinic acid chloride (DppCl), diphenyl phosphate (DPP), diphenyl chlorophosphate (DPC), 2-chloro-1,3-dimethylimidazolium hexafluoro Phosphate (CIP), N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-O-(3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-1,2,3-benzotriazin-3-yl) Urea tetrafluoroborate (TOBTU), pentafluorophenyl diphenyl phosphate (FDPP), 4-( 4,6-Dimethoxytriazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholine hydrochloride (DMTMM), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazine (CDMT), tetramethylfluorourea hexafluorophosphate (TFFH), 2-(5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximido)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyl Urea tetrafluoroborate quaternary ammonium salt (TNTU).
在另一优选例中,式I化合物与试剂M的摩尔比为1:(1~4);较佳地,1:(1~3);更佳地,1:(1~2);最佳地,1:(1~1.5)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula I to the reagent M is 1:(1~4); preferably, 1:(1~3); more preferably, 1:(1~2); Preferably, 1: (1~1.5).
在另一优选例中,式I化合物与碱性试剂的摩尔比为1:(1~10);较佳地,1:(1~5);更佳地,1:(1~4)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the compound of formula I to the basic reagent is 1:(1-10); preferably, 1:(1-5); more preferably, 1:(1-4).
在另一优选例中,碱性试剂与任选的路易斯酸的摩尔比为1:(1~5);较佳地,1:(1~2)。In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the alkaline reagent to the optional Lewis acid is 1:(1-5); preferably, 1:(1-2).
在另一优选例中,步骤(b)中,所述反应的反应温度为-30~50℃;较佳地,-10~30℃。In another preferred example, in step (b), the reaction temperature of the reaction is -30 to 50°C; preferably, -10 to 30°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)中,所述的反应在第三惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (c), the reaction is carried out in a third inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述第三惰性溶剂包括:卤代烃类溶剂(如二氯甲烷)、醚类溶剂(如四氢呋喃和/或2-甲基四氢呋喃)、或醇类溶剂(包括甲醇、乙醇、异丙醇,或其组合),或其组合。In another preferred embodiment, the third inert solvent includes: halogenated hydrocarbon solvents (such as dichloromethane), ether solvents (such as tetrahydrofuran and/or 2-methyltetrahydrofuran), or alcohol solvents (including methanol , ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof), or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述第三惰性溶剂与第二惰性溶剂相同。In another preferred embodiment, the third inert solvent is the same as the second inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c)中,试剂N选自下组:乙酸、水、氯化铵水溶液、盐酸水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、异丙醇,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (c), the reagent N is selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, aqueous hydrochloric acid, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a)和/或(b)和/或(c)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用。In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a) and/or (b) and/or (c) can be separated and used again.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a)、(b)和(c)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, the steps (a), (b) and (c) are carried out in a "one-pot method".
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(b)和(c)采用“一锅法”进行(即步骤(b)得到的式IV化合物不经分离直接使用)。In another preferred embodiment, steps (b) and (c) are carried out in a "one-pot method" (ie, the compound of formula IV obtained in step (b) is used directly without separation).
在另一优选例中,各式中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7、R 8、R 9、R 10、R 11、R 12、R 13、R 14、R 15、R 16、X 1、X 2、X 3、X 4、X 5、X 6、X 7、X 9、W 1、X、Y和Z各自独立地为实施例中具体化合物中所对应的基团。 In another preferred embodiment, in each formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 9 , W 1 , X, Y and Z are each independently specific compounds in the examples the corresponding group in .
在本发明的第四方面中,提供了一种式III化合物,In a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula III,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000067
式中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5和Y如第三方面中定义。 wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and Y are as defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,R 4和R 5为甲基。 In another preferred embodiment, R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups.
在另一优选例中,R 1和R 2为氢;R 3为氢或氰基时,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000068
R 4、R 5和R 12如前定义。
In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen; when R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000068
R 4 , R 5 and R 12 are as previously defined.
在另一优选例中,R 1和R 2为氢;R 3为氢或氰基时,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000069
或上述基团的顺反异构形式;R 4、R 5和R 12如前定义。
In another preferred example, R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen; when R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000069
or the cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups; R 4 , R 5 and R 12 are as previously defined.
在另一优选例中,所述式III化合物如式III-I所示的化合物或如式III-II所示的化合物;In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula III is the compound of formula III-I or the compound of formula III-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000070
在另一优选例中,所述式III化合物如式IIIa-I所示的化合物或其顺反异构体或如式IIIa-II所示的化合物或其顺反异构体;In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula III is the compound represented by formula IIIa-I or its cis-trans isomer or the compound represented by formula IIIa-II or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000071
在本发明的第五方面中,提供了一种式IV化合物,In a fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula IV,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000072
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000073
其中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 8和Y如第三方面中定义。 wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and Y are as defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,R 3为氢或氰基;R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000074
Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000075
R 4、R 5、R 9和R 11各如前定义。
In another preferred example, R 3 is hydrogen or cyano; R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000074
Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000075
R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 11 are each as defined above.
在另一优选例中,R 3为氢或氰基;R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000076
Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000078
或上述基团的顺反异构形式;R 4、R 5、R 9和R 11各如前定义。
In another preferred example, R 3 is hydrogen or cyano; R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000076
Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000078
or cis-trans isomeric forms of the above groups; R 4 , R 5 , R 9 and R 11 are each as previously defined.
在另一优选例中,所述式IV化合物为如式IV-I所示的化合物或式IV-II所示的化合物,In another preferred example, the compound of formula IV is the compound shown in formula IV-I or the compound shown in formula IV-II,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000079
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000079
在另一优选例中,所述式IV化合物为如式IVa-I所示的化合物或其顺反异构体或式IVa-II所示的化合物或其顺反异构体,In another preferred example, the compound of formula IV is a compound represented by formula IVa-I or its cis-trans isomer or a compound represented by formula IVa-II or its cis-trans isomer,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000080
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000080
在本发明的第六方面中,提供了一种式VI-I化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In the sixth aspect of the present invention, a preparation method of a compound of formula VI-I is provided, the method comprising the steps:
(d1)使式V-I化合物与试剂O反应,从而得到式VI-I化合物;(d1) reacting the compound of formula V-I with reagent O to obtain the compound of formula VI-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000081
其中,试剂O为羟胺或其盐;较佳地,为硫酸羟胺。Wherein, the reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt; preferably, it is hydroxylamine sulfate.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d1)为:使式V-I化合物和硫酸羟胺反应,从而得到式VI-I化合物。In another preferred example, step (d1) is: reacting the compound of formula V-I with hydroxylamine sulfate to obtain the compound of formula VI-I.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d1)中,式V-I化合物与试剂O的摩尔比为1:(1~50);较佳地,1:(1~20);更佳地,1:(2~10);最佳地,1:(2~5)。In another preferred example, in step (d1), the molar ratio of the compound of formula V-I to reagent O is 1:(1-50); preferably, 1:(1-20); more preferably, 1:( 2-10); optimally, 1: (2-5).
在另一优选例中,所述方法还包括步骤:式V-I化合物的制备。In another preferred embodiment, the method further comprises the step of: preparing the compound of formula V-I.
在另一优选例中,所述式V-I化合物的制备如第七方面所述。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V-I is prepared as described in the seventh aspect.
在本发明的第七方面中,提供了式V-I化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In the seventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided a preparation method of a compound of formula V-I, the method comprising the steps:
(a1)使式I-I化合物与式II化合物反应,从而得到式III-I化合物(a1) reacting a compound of formula I-I with a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula III-I
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000082
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000082
(b1)使式III-I化合物与试剂M反应,从而得到式IV-I化合物;(b1) reacting the compound of formula III-I with reagent M, thereby obtaining the compound of formula IV-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000083
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000083
其中,试剂M为异丁酸酐,异丁酸,或异丁酰氯;Wherein, reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride;
(c1)在试剂N存在下,使式IV-I化合物发生反应,从而得到式V-I化合物;(c1) in the presence of reagent N, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000084
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
各式中,R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基,更佳地,C1-C4烷基)。 In each formula, R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl) .
在另一优选例中,所述式V-I化合物为式Va-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V-I is the compound of formula Va-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式III-I化合物为式IIIa-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula III-I is the compound of formula IIIa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式IV-I化合物为式IVa-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula IV-I is the compound of formula IVa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述方法包括步骤:In another preferred embodiment, the method includes the steps:
(a1)使式I-I化合物与式II化合物反应,从而得到式IIIa-I化合物或其顺反异构体(a1) reacting a compound of formula I-I with a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula IIIa-I or a cis-trans isomer thereof
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000085
(b1)使式IIIa-I化合物或其顺反异构体与试剂M反应,从而得到式IVa-I化合物或其顺反异构体;(b1) reacting the compound of formula IIIa-I or its cis-trans isomer with reagent M, thereby obtaining the compound of formula IVa-I or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000086
其中,试剂M为异丁酸酐,异丁酸,或异丁酰氯;Wherein, reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride;
(c1)在试剂N存在下,使式IVa-I化合物或其顺反异构体发生反应,从而得到式Va-I化合物或其顺反异构体;(c1) in the presence of reagent N, react the compound of formula IVa-I or its cis-trans isomer to obtain the compound of formula Va-I or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000087
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000087
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
各式中,R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基,更佳地,C1-C4烷基)。 In each formula, R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl) .
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)中,式II化合物为N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In another preferred example, in step (a1), the compound of formula II is N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)中,所述的反应在第一惰性溶剂(如吡啶)中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (a1), the reaction is carried out in a first inert solvent (eg, pyridine).
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)为:在吡啶中,使式I-I化合物和N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛反应,从而得到式III-I。In another preferred example, step (a1) is: in pyridine, the compound of formula I-I is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, thereby obtaining formula III-I.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)中,式I-I化合物与式II化合物的摩尔比为1:(2~10);较佳地,1:(2~5)。In another preferred example, in step (a1), the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-I to the compound of formula II is 1:(2-10); preferably, 1:(2-5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)中,所述反应的反应温度为0℃~回流温度;较佳地,10~50℃。In another preferred example, in step (a1), the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0°C to reflux temperature; preferably, 10 to 50°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)中,所述的反应在有机碱存在下进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (b1), the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)中,所述的反应在第二惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (b1), the reaction is carried out in a second inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述第二惰性溶剂如第三方面中的定义。In another preferred embodiment, the second inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)为:在第二惰性溶剂中,在有机碱的存在下,使式III-I化合物和试剂M反应,从而得到式IV-I化合物。In another preferred embodiment, the step (b1) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic base, the compound of formula III-I and the reagent M are reacted to obtain the compound of formula IV-I.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)中,所述有机碱选自下组:三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环,或其组合;较佳地,选自下组:三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、4-二甲氨基吡啶,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (b1), the organic base is selected from the group consisting of triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof; preferably, selected from the group : triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)为:在第二惰性溶剂中,在三乙胺和4-二甲氨基吡啶存在下,使式III-I化合物和异丁酸酐反应,从而得到式IV-I化合物。In another preferred example, step (b1) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of triethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine, the compound of formula III-I and isobutyric anhydride are reacted to obtain formula IV -I compound.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)中,式I-I化合物与试剂M的摩尔比为1:(1~4);较佳地,1:(1~3);更佳地,1:(1~2);最佳地,1:(1~1.5)。In another preferred example, in step (b1), the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-I to the reagent M is 1:(1~4); preferably, 1:(1~3); more preferably, 1:( 1-2); optimally, 1: (1-1.5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)中,式III-I化合物与有机碱的摩尔比为1:(1~10);较佳地,1:(1~5);更佳地,1:(1~4)。在另一优选例中,步骤(b1)中,所述反应的反应温度为0~50℃;较佳地,10~30℃。In another preferred example, in step (b1), the molar ratio of the compound of formula III-I to the organic base is 1:(1-10); preferably, 1:(1-5); more preferably, 1 : (1 to 4). In another preferred example, in step (b1), the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0-50°C; preferably, 10-30°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)中,所述的反应在第三惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (c1), the reaction is carried out in a third inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述第三惰性溶剂如第三方面中的定义。In another preferred embodiment, the third inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)为:在第三惰性溶剂中,在试剂N的存在下,使式IV-I化合物反应,从而得到式V-I化合物。In another preferred embodiment, step (c1) is: in the presence of a reagent N in a third inert solvent, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V-I.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)中试剂N选自下组:乙酸、水、盐酸的水溶液、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、异丙醇,或其组合;较佳地,为甲醇、乙醇、异丙醇,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (c1), the reagent N is selected from the following group: acetic acid, water, an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof; preferably, methanol , ethanol, isopropanol, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c1)为:在第三惰性溶剂中,在乙醇的存在下,使式IV-I化合物发生反应,从而得到V-I化合物。In another preferred embodiment, the step (c1) is: in a third inert solvent, in the presence of ethanol, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound V-I.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a1)、(b1)和(c1)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用。In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) can be separated and used again.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a1)、(b1)和(c1)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, the steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method".
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(b1)和(c1)采用“一锅法”进行(即步骤(b1)得到的式IV-I化合物不经分离直接使用)。In another preferred embodiment, the steps (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method" (ie, the compound of formula IV-I obtained in step (b1) is used directly without separation).
在本发明的第七方面,提供了一式VI-II化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In the seventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided a preparation method of a compound of formula VI-II, the method comprising the steps:
(d2)式V-II化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI-II化合物;(d2) the compound of formula V-II reacts with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000088
其中,试剂O选自下组:有机酸、无机酸、水合肼,或其组合。Wherein, reagent O is selected from the group consisting of organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,所述式V-II化合物为式Va-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V-II is the compound of formula Va-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述方法包括步骤:In another preferred embodiment, the method includes the steps:
(d2)式Va-II化合物或其顺反异构体与试剂O反应,生成式VI-II化合物;(d2) The compound of formula Va-II or its cis-trans isomer reacts with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000089
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000089
其中,试剂O选自下组:有机酸、无机酸、水合肼,或其组合。Wherein, reagent O is selected from the group consisting of organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d2)为:使式V-II化合物和醋酸反应,从而得到式VI-II化合物。In another preferred example, step (d2) is: reacting the compound of formula V-II with acetic acid to obtain the compound of formula VI-II.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d2)为:使式V-II化合物和三氟乙酸反应,从而得到式VI-II化合物。In another preferred example, step (d2) is: reacting the compound of formula V-II with trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the compound of formula VI-II.
在另一优选例中,步骤(d2)中,式V-II化合物与试剂O的摩尔比为1:(1~50);较佳地,1:(1~30);更佳地,1:(10~30);最佳地,1:(15~25)。In another preferred example, in step (d2), the molar ratio of the compound of formula V-II to reagent O is 1:(1-50); preferably, 1:(1-30); more preferably, 1 : (10-30); most preferably, 1: (15-25).
在另一优选例中,所述方法还包括步骤:式V-II化合物的制备。In another preferred embodiment, the method further comprises the step of: preparing the compound of formula V-II.
在另一优选例中,所述式V-II化合物的制备如第八方面所述。In another preferred embodiment, the preparation of the compound of formula V-II is as described in the eighth aspect.
在本发明的第八方面,提供了一种式V-II化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In the eighth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a preparation method of a compound of formula V-II, the method comprising the steps:
(a2)式I-II化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III-II化合物;(a2) the compound of formula I-II reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000090
(b2)式III-II化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-II化合物;(b2) compound of formula III-II reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000091
其中,试剂M为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000092
R 14为取代的苯氧基、苯磺酸酯基;
Among them, the reagent M is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000092
R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group;
(c2)式IV-II化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-II化合物;(c2) compound of formula IV-II reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000093
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000093
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
各式中,various,
R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基,更佳地,C1-C4烷基)。 R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
在另一优选例中,所述式III-II化合物为式IIIa-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula III-II is the compound of formula IIIa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式IV-II化合物为式IVa-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula IV-II is the compound of formula IVa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式V-II化合物为式Va-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V-II is the compound of formula Va-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述方法包括步骤:In another preferred embodiment, the method includes the steps:
(a2)式I-II化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式IIIa-II化合物或其顺反异构体;(a2) the compound of formula I-II reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula IIIa-II or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000094
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000094
(b2)式IIIa-II化合物或其顺反异构体与试剂M发生反应,生成式IVa-II化合物或其顺反异构体;(b2) the compound of formula IIIa-II or its cis-trans isomer reacts with reagent M to generate the compound of formula IVa-II or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000095
其中,试剂M为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000096
R 14为取代的苯氧基、苯磺酸酯基;
Among them, the reagent M is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000096
R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group;
(c2)式IVa-II化合物或其顺反异构体与试剂N发生反应,生成式Va-II化合物或其顺反异构体;(c2) the compound of formula IVa-II or its cis-trans isomer reacts with reagent N to generate the compound of formula Va-II or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000097
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000097
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
各式中,various,
R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基,更佳地,C1-C4烷基)。 R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)中,式II化合物为N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In another preferred example, in step (a2), the compound of formula II is N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)中,所述的反应在第一惰性溶剂(如吡啶)中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (a2), the reaction is carried out in a first inert solvent (eg, pyridine).
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)为:在吡啶中,使式I-II化合物和N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛反应,从而得到式III-II化合物。In another preferred example, step (a2) is: in pyridine, the compound of formula I-II is reacted with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, thereby obtaining the compound of formula III-II.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)中,式I-II化合物与式II化合物的摩尔比为1:(2~10); 较佳地,1:(2~5)。In another preferred example, in step (a2), the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-II to the compound of formula II is 1:(2-10); preferably, 1:(2-5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)中,所述反应的反应温度为0~℃回流温度;较佳地,10~50℃。In another preferred example, in step (a2), the reaction temperature of the reaction is 0~℃ reflux temperature; preferably, 10~50℃.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,所述的反应在有机碱存在下进行。In another preferred example, in step (b2), the reaction is carried out in the presence of an organic base.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,所述的反应在第二惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (b2), the reaction is carried out in a second inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述第二惰性溶剂如第三方面中的定义。In another preferred embodiment, the second inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,为:在第二惰性溶剂中,在有机金属碱存在下或有机碱与路易斯酸共同存在下,使式III-II化合物和试剂M反应,从而得到式IV-II化合物。In another preferred example, in step (b2), in the second inert solvent, in the presence of an organic metal base or in the coexistence of an organic base and a Lewis acid, the compound of formula III-II and the reagent M are reacted, thereby Compounds of formula IV-II are obtained.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,所述有机金属碱包括格氏试剂;较佳地,所述的格氏试剂为选自下组:甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (b2), the organometallic base includes a Grignard reagent; preferably, the Grignard reagent is selected from the group consisting of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-Butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,所述有机碱选自下组:N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (b2), the organic base is selected from the following group: N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,所述路易斯酸选自下组:氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (b2), the Lewis acid is selected from the following group: magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, chlorine zinc chloride, aluminum chloride, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)为:在第二惰性溶剂中,在甲基溴化镁的存在下,使式III-II化合物和
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000098
(其中R 14
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000099
)反应,从而得到式IV-II化合物。
In another preferred embodiment, step (b2) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of methylmagnesium bromide, make the compound of formula III-II and
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000098
(where R 14 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000099
) reaction to obtain the compound of formula IV-II.
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)为:在第二惰性溶剂中,在氯化镁和N,N-二异丙基乙基胺的存在下,使式III-II化合物和
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000100
(其中R 14
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000101
)反应,从而得到式IV-II化合物。
In another preferred example, step (b2) is: in the second inert solvent, in the presence of magnesium chloride and N,N-diisopropylethylamine, make the compound of formula III-II and
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000100
(where R 14 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000101
) reaction to obtain the compound of formula IV-II.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)中,式I-II化合物与试剂M的摩尔比为1:(1~4);较佳地,1:(1~3);更佳地,1:(1~2);最佳地,1:(1~1.5)。In another preferred example, in step (a2), the molar ratio of the compound of formula I-II to the reagent M is 1:(1-4); preferably, 1:(1-3); more preferably, 1 : (1-2); most preferably, 1: (1-1.5).
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,式III-II化合物与碱性试剂的摩尔比为1:(1~10);较佳地,1:(1~5);更佳地,1:(1~3)。在另一优选例中,碱性试剂与任选的路易斯酸的摩尔比为1:(1~5);较佳地,1:(1~2)。In another preferred example, in step (b2), the molar ratio of the compound of formula III-II to the basic reagent is 1:(1-10); preferably, 1:(1-5); more preferably, 1: (1 to 3). In another preferred example, the molar ratio of the alkaline reagent to the optional Lewis acid is 1:(1-5); preferably, 1:(1-2).
在另一优选例中,步骤(b2)中,所述反应的反应温度为-30~10℃;较佳地,-10~0℃。In another preferred example, in step (b2), the reaction temperature of the reaction is -30-10°C; preferably, -10-0°C.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c2)中,所述的反应在第三惰性溶剂中进行。In another preferred embodiment, in step (c2), the reaction is carried out in a third inert solvent.
在另一优选例中,所述第三惰性溶剂如第三方面中的定义。In another preferred embodiment, the third inert solvent is as defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c2)为:在第三惰性溶剂中,在试剂N的存在下组,使式IV-II化合物反应,从而得到式V-II化合物。In another preferred embodiment, step (c2) is: in the third inert solvent, in the presence of reagent N, react the compound of formula IV-II to obtain the compound of formula V-II.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c2)中,试剂N选自下组:乙酸、水、盐酸的水溶液、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇或异丙醇,优选地为甲醇、乙醇、异丙醇,或其组合。In another preferred example, in step (c2), the reagent N is selected from the following group: acetic acid, water, an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, methanol, ethanol or isopropanol, preferably methanol, ethanol, isopropanol alcohol, or a combination thereof.
在另一优选例中,步骤(c2)为:在惰性溶剂中,在盐酸的水溶液和/或氯化铵水溶液的存在下,使式IV-II化合物反应,从而得到V-II化合物。In another preferred embodiment, step (c2) is: in an inert solvent, in the presence of an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and/or an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, reacting the compound of formula IV-II to obtain compound V-II.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a2)、(b2)和(c2)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用;In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) can be separated and used again;
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a2)、(b2)和(c2)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, the steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) are carried out by a "one-pot method".
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(b2)和(c2)采用“一锅法”进行(即步骤(b)得到的式IV-II(含顺反异构体)化合物不经分离直接使用)。In another preferred example, wherein steps (b2) and (c2) are carried out by a "one-pot method" (that is, the compound of formula IV-II (containing cis-trans isomers) obtained in step (b) is used directly without separation) .
在本发明的第九方面,提供了一种式VI化合物的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In a ninth aspect of the present invention, a preparation method of a compound of formula VI is provided, the method comprising the steps:
(a)使式I化合物与式II化合物反应,从而得到式III化合物;(a) reacting a compound of formula I with a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula III;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000102
(b)使式III化合物与试剂M反应,从而得到式IV化合物;(b) reacting the compound of formula III with reagent M, thereby obtaining the compound of formula IV;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000103
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000103
其中,试剂M选自下组:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000104
(羧酸试剂)、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000105
(酸酐试剂)、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000106
(酰氯试剂)、或
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000107
(磷酰胺试剂);
Wherein, reagent M is selected from the following group:
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000104
(Carboxylic acid reagent),
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000105
(acid anhydride reagent),
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000106
(Acyl chloride reagent), or
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000107
(phosphoramide reagent);
(c)在试剂N的存在下,使式IV化合物发生反应,从而得到式V化合物;(c) in the presence of reagent N, the compound of formula IV is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000108
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000108
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6烷基醇、水、盐的 水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, reagent N is a protic solvent; Preferably, reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof;
(d)使式V化合物与试剂O反应,从而得到式VI化合物;(d) reacting the compound of formula V with reagent O to obtain the compound of formula VI;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000109
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000109
其中,试剂O选自下组:羟胺或其盐、有机酸、无机酸、水合肼,或其组合;Wherein, reagent O is selected from the following group: hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or its combination;
各式中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7、R 8、R 9、R 10、R 11、R 14、X、Y和Z如第一方面或第三方面中定义。 In each formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 , X, Y and Z are as in the first aspect or Defined in the third aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)、(b)、(c)和(d)如第一或第三方面中定义。In another preferred embodiment, steps (a), (b), (c) and (d) are as defined in the first or third aspect.
在本发明的第十方面,提供了一种化合物VI-I的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In the tenth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a preparation method of compound VI-I, the method comprises the steps:
(a1)使式I-I化合物与试剂II化合物反应,从而得到式III-I化合物(a1) reacting a compound of formula I-I with a compound of reagent II to obtain a compound of formula III-I
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000110
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000110
(b1)使式III-I化合物与试剂M反应,从而得到式IV-I化合物;(b1) reacting the compound of formula III-I with reagent M, thereby obtaining the compound of formula IV-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000111
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000111
其中,试剂M为异丁酸酐,异丁酸,或异丁酰氯;Wherein, reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride;
(c1)在试剂N存在下,使式IV-I化合物发生反应,从而得到式V-I化合物;(c1) in the presence of reagent N, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000112
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000112
其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
(d1)使式V-I化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI-I化合物;(d1) reacting the compound of formula V-I with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000113
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000113
其中,试剂O为羟胺或其盐;较佳地,为硫酸羟胺。Wherein, the reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt; preferably, it is hydroxylamine sulfate.
各式中,various,
R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基,更佳地,C1-C4烷基)。 R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
在另一优选例中,R 4、R 5、R 6和R 7如第六或第七方面中定义。 In another preferred embodiment, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined in the sixth or seventh aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)、(b1)、(c1)和(d1)如第六或第七方面中定义。In another preferred embodiment, steps (a1), (b1), (c1) and (d1) are as defined in the sixth or seventh aspect.
在本发明的第十一方面中,提供了化合物VI-II的制备方法,所述方法包括步骤:In the eleventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided the preparation method of compound VI-II, and described method comprises the steps:
(a2)式I-II化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III-II化合物;(a2) the compound of formula I-II reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000114
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000114
(b2)式III-II化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-II化合物;(b2) compound of formula III-II reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000115
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000115
其中,试剂M为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000116
R 14为取代的苯氧基、苯磺酸酯基;
Among them, the reagent M is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000116
R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group;
(c2)式IV-II化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-II化合物;(c2) compound of formula IV-II reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000117
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000117
其中,试剂M为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000118
R 14为取代的苯氧基、苯磺酸酯基;
Among them, the reagent M is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000118
R 14 is a substituted phenoxy group, a benzenesulfonate group;
(d2)式V-II化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI-II化合物;(d2) the compound of formula V-II reacts with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000119
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000119
各式中,various,
R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基(较佳地,C1-C8烷基,更佳地,C1-C4烷基)。 R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl (preferably, C1-C8 alkyl, more preferably, C1-C4 alkyl).
在另一优选例中,R 4、R 5、R 6和R 7如第八或第九方面中定义。 In another preferred embodiment, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined in the eighth or ninth aspect.
在另一优选例中,步骤(a2)、(b2)、(c2)和(d2)如第八或第九方面中定义。In another preferred embodiment, steps (a2), (b2), (c2) and (d2) are as defined in the eighth or ninth aspect.
在本发明的第十二方面中,提供了如式III-I、式IV-I或式V-I、或VII-I所示的化合物。In a twelfth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula III-I, formula IV-I or formula V-I, or VII-I.
在另一优选例中,所述式III-I化合物为式IIIa-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula III-I is the compound of formula IIIa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式IV-I化合物为式IVa-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula IV-I is the compound of formula IVa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式V-I化合物为式Va-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V-I is the compound of formula Va-I and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式VII-I化合物为式VIIa-I化合物和/或其顺反异构体In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula VII-I is the compound of formula VIIa-I and/or its cis-trans isomer
在本发明的第十三方面中,提供了如第十二方面所述的化合物的用途,用于制备Molnupiravir(EIDD-2801/MK4482)。In a thirteenth aspect of the present invention, there is provided the use of a compound as described in the twelfth aspect for the preparation of Molnupiravir (EIDD-2801/MK4482).
在本发明的第十四方面中,提供了如式III-II、式IV-II或式V-II所示的化合物。In a fourteenth aspect of the present invention, a compound of formula III-II, formula IV-II or formula V-II is provided.
在另一优选例中,所述式III-II化合物为式IIIa-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula III-II is the compound of formula IIIa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式IV-II化合物为式IVa-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula IV-II is the compound of formula IVa-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在另一优选例中,所述式V-II化合物为式Va-II化合物和/或其顺反异构体。In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula V-II is the compound of formula Va-II and/or its cis-trans isomer.
在本发明的第十五方面中,提供了如第十四方面所述化合物的用途,用于制备Remdesivir(GS-5734)。In a fifteenth aspect of the present invention, there is provided the use of a compound as described in the fourteenth aspect for the preparation of Remdesivir (GS-5734).
在本发明的第十六方面中,提供了一种式VII化合物,In a sixteenth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of formula VII,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000120
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000120
其中,X 1、X 2、X 4、X 5、X 6、X 7、X 10、R 1、R 2、R 3、R 8、R 12、R 13、和Y'如第一方面中定义。 wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 10 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 12 , R 13 , and Y' are as defined in the first aspect .
在另一优选例中,式VII化合物为如式VII-I所示的化合物;In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula VII is the compound shown in formula VII-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000121
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000121
在另一优选例中,式VII化合物为如式VIIa-I所示的化合物或其顺反异构体;In another preferred embodiment, the compound of formula VII is a compound represented by formula VIIa-I or its cis-trans isomer;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000122
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000122
应理解,在本发明范围内中,本发明的上述各技术特征和在下文(如实施例)中具体描述的各技术特征之间都可以互相组合,从而构成新的或优选的技术方案。限于篇幅,在此不再一一累述。It should be understood that, within the scope of the present invention, the above-mentioned technical features of the present invention and the technical features specifically described in the following (eg, embodiments) can be combined with each other, thereby forming new or preferred technical solutions. Due to space limitations, it is not repeated here.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本发明人经过广泛而深入的研究,通过大量筛选和测试,首次提供了新颖的中间体式III化合物、式IV化合物和式V化合物,并提供了进一步制备诸如Molnupiravir或Remdesivir等5’-核苷前药的方法。本发明方法的原料易得、反应条件温和、安全、不对人体健康与环境产生危害、生产成本低,此外,本发明还具有反应产物收率高、纯度高、杂质少等优点,便于经济、方便地进行工业化生产。本发明的中间体(尤其是式III化合物、式IV化合物和式V化合物),可作为中间体进一步制备诸如Molnupiravir和Remdesivir等5’-核苷前药。在此基础上完成了本发明。After extensive and in-depth research, the inventors have provided novel intermediate compounds of formula III, formula IV and formula V for the first time through a large number of screening and testing, and provided further preparations such as Molnupiravir or Remdesivir before 5'-nucleoside method of medicine. The raw materials of the method of the invention are easy to obtain, the reaction conditions are mild, safe, not harmful to human health and the environment, and the production cost is low. In addition, the invention also has the advantages of high reaction product yield, high purity, less impurities and the like, which is economical and convenient. industrialized production. The intermediates of the present invention (especially the compounds of formula III, the compounds of formula IV and the compounds of formula V) can be used as intermediates to further prepare 5'-nucleoside prodrugs such as Molnupiravir and Remdesivir. The present invention has been completed on this basis.
术语the term
除非另有定义,否则本文中所用的全部技术术语和科学术语均具有如本发明所属领 域普通技术人员通常理解的相同含义。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
如本文所用,在提到具体列举的数值中使用时,术语“约”意指该值可以从列举的值变动不多于1%。例如,如本文所用,表述“约100”包括99和101和之间的全部值(例如,99.1、99.2、99.3、99.4等)。As used herein, when used in reference to a specifically recited value, the term "about" means that the value may vary by no more than 1% from the recited value. For example, as used herein, the expression "about 100" includes all values between 99 and 101 and (eg, 99.1, 99.2, 99.3, 99.4, etc.).
如本文所用,术语“含有”或“包括(包含)”可以是开放式、半封闭式和封闭式的。换言之,所述术语也包括“基本上由…构成”、或“由…构成”。As used herein, the terms "containing" or "including (including)" can be open, semi-closed, and closed. In other words, the term also includes "consisting essentially of," or "consisting of."
如本文所用,术语“室温”是指温度为4-40℃,较佳地,25±5℃。As used herein, the term "room temperature" refers to a temperature of 4-40°C, preferably, 25±5°C.
如本文所用,术语“卤素”是指氟、氯、溴或碘。As used herein, the term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
如本文所用,术语“卤代”是指基团中一个或多个氢原子被卤素取代。As used herein, the term "halo" refers to the replacement of one or more hydrogen atoms in a group with a halogen.
除非另有表述,在本文中,术语“烷基”本身或作为另一取代基的一部分是指具有指定碳原子数的直链或支链烃基(即,C1-6表示1-6个碳,较佳地,1、2或3个碳)。烷基的例子包括但不限于:甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、叔丁基、异丁基、仲丁基、正戊基、正己基等。Unless otherwise stated, as used herein, the term "alkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group having the specified number of carbon atoms (ie, C1-6 represents 1-6 carbons, Preferably, 1, 2 or 3 carbons). Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like.
除非另有表述,在本文中,术语“环烷基”是指具有指定环原子数(例如,C 3-6环烷基)并且完全饱和的或在环顶之间具有不超过一个双键的烃环。术语“杂环烷基”或“杂环基”是指含有1、2或3个选自N、O和S的杂原子(较佳地,仅含N杂原子)的环烷基。在一个具体实施例中,杂环烷基或杂环基可以是单环、双环或多环体系,较佳地为单环。 Unless otherwise stated, as used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to a compound having the specified number of ring atoms (eg, C3-6 cycloalkyl) and either fully saturated or having no more than one double bond between the ring tips hydrocarbon ring. The term "heterocycloalkyl" or "heterocyclyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S (preferably, only N heteroatoms). In a specific embodiment, the heterocycloalkyl or heterocyclyl group may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system, preferably a monocyclic ring.
除非另有表述,在本文中,术语“取代”是指基团中一个或多个氢原子(1、2、3或4个)被选自下组的取代基取代:C1-C6烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、C1-C6烷氧基、C3-C6环烷基、卤素、C1-C3卤代烷基、硝基、C6-C10芳基、苄基。Unless otherwise stated, the term "substituted" as used herein means that one or more hydrogen atoms (1, 2, 3 or 4) in a group are replaced with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl.
如本文所用,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000123
代表连接位点。
As used herein,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000123
represents the attachment site.
如本文所用,术语“杂原子”意在包括氧(O)、氮(N)、硫(S)和硅(Si);较佳地为氮。As used herein, the term "heteroatom" is intended to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), and silicon (Si); preferably nitrogen.
在本文中,“4-二甲氨基吡啶”和“4-N,N-二甲氨基吡啶”可以互换使用。As used herein, "4-dimethylaminopyridine" and "4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine" are used interchangeably.
在本发明的方法中可以使用任何合适的惰性溶剂。代表性的惰性溶剂包括但不限于戊烷、不同的戊烷、己烷、不同的己烷、庚烷、不同的庚烷、石油醚、环戊烷、不同的环己烷、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、三氟甲苯,卤代苯如氯苯、氟苯、二氯苯和二氟苯,二氯甲烷、氯仿、DMF、丙酮、乙酸乙酯、二乙醚、四氢呋喃、吡啶或其组合。在一些实施方案中,溶剂可以是氯苯、吡啶、二氯甲烷、四氢呋喃或其组合。Any suitable inert solvent can be used in the process of the present invention. Representative inert solvents include, but are not limited to, pentane, various pentanes, hexanes, various hexanes, heptanes, various heptanes, petroleum ether, cyclopentane, various cyclohexanes, benzene, toluene, Xylene, trifluorotoluene, halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene, fluorobenzene, dichlorobenzene and difluorobenzene, dichloromethane, chloroform, DMF, acetone, ethyl acetate, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the solvent may be chlorobenzene, pyridine, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, or a combination thereof.
本发明的方法中的反应可以在任何合适的温度下进行。例如,反应温度可以是约-78℃至回流温度,如-78℃至约100℃,或者为约-50℃至约100℃,或者为约-25℃至约50℃,或约-10℃至约25℃,或约0℃至约20℃。在一些实施方案中,反应温度可以是约-10℃至约0℃,或者约20℃至40℃。The reactions in the methods of the present invention can be carried out at any suitable temperature. For example, the reaction temperature can be about -78°C to reflux temperature, such as -78°C to about 100°C, or about -50°C to about 100°C, or about -25°C to about 50°C, or about -10°C to about 25°C, or from about 0°C to about 20°C. In some embodiments, the reaction temperature can be about -10°C to about 0°C, or about 20°C to 40°C.
在本发明的方法中,各步骤可以以任何合适的产率提供目标化合物或其药学上可接受的盐。例如,目标化合物(如,式II、式IV、式V或Remdesivir等)可以以至少约50%、55%、60%、65%、70%、75%、80%、85%、90%或至少约95%的产率制备。本发明的方法可以提供任何纯度的目标化合物或其药学上可接受的盐。例如,目标化合物可以以至少约90、95、96、97、98或至少约99%的纯度制备。在一些实施方案中,目标化合物可以至少95%的纯度制备。在一些实施方案中,目标化合物可以以至少98%的纯度制备。 在一些实施方案中,目标化合物可以以至少99%的纯度制备。In the methods of the present invention, the various steps can provide the target compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in any suitable yield. For example, a compound of interest (eg, Formula II, Formula IV, Formula V, or Remdesivir, etc.) may be present at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or Prepared in at least about 95% yield. The methods of the present invention can provide the target compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in any purity. For example, a compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least about 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, or at least about 99%. In some embodiments, the compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least 95%. In some embodiments, the compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least 98%. In some embodiments, the compound of interest can be prepared with a purity of at least 99%.
在本文中,除非特别说明,当反应过程被描述为“直接得到”或“直接获得”或“直接形成”等时是指在反应体系中,在不改变条件或进行分离等操作(如升温,,加入另外的反应试剂或者分离中间产物等)情况下直接获得或形成指定的反应产物。但应理解,该反应过程不排除反应体系中可能产生的稳定或不稳定过渡形式的情况,该过渡形式最终转化形成指定反应产物。In this paper, unless otherwise specified, when the reaction process is described as "directly obtained" or "directly obtained" or "directly formed", etc., it means that in the reaction system, without changing conditions or performing operations such as separation (such as heating, , adding additional reagents or isolating intermediate products, etc.) to directly obtain or form the specified reaction product. However, it should be understood that the reaction process does not exclude the possibility of stable or unstable transition forms in the reaction system, and the transition forms are finally converted to form the designated reaction products.
用于制备5’-核苷前药的中间体及制备方法Intermediate and preparation method for preparing 5'-nucleoside prodrug
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了式III化合物In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of formula III
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000124
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000124
其中,in,
R 1、R 2、R 3各自独立地为氢、卤素、C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、叠氮基、氰基; R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
Y为Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000125
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000125
其中,R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12、R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基; Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano;
在另一优选例中,Y为In another preferred embodiment, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000126
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000126
或者这些基团的顺反异构形式。or the cis-trans isomeric forms of these groups.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2为氢,R 3为氢或氰基时,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000127
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000128
其中R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基。
In another preferred example, when R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, and R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000127
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000128
wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 is hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano base.
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2为氢,R 3为氢或氰基时,Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000130
或它们的顺反异构形式,其中R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基。
In another preferred example, when R 1 and R 2 are hydrogen, and R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000130
or their cis-trans isomeric forms, wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 is hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or Substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano.
在另一个具体实施方案中,本发明还提供了式III-I和III-II化合物(中间体)In another specific embodiment, the present invention also provides compounds of formula III-I and III-II (intermediate)
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000131
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000131
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了式IV化合物;In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides compounds of formula IV;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000132
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000132
其中,in,
R 1、R 2、R 3各自独立地为氢、卤素、C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、叠氮基、氰基; R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000133
其中R 9为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 10为C1-C6烷基、 C3-C7环状烷基或芳基,其中,芳基为选自苯基或取代苯基,萘基或取代萘基;R 11为C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基或C3-C7环状烷基;
R8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000133
Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl;
Y为Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000134
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000134
其中,R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12、R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基。 Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano.
在另一优选例中,R 3为氢或氰基,R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000135
其中R 9为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 10为C1-C6烷基、C3-C7环状烷基或芳基,其中,芳基为选自苯基或取代苯基,萘基或取代萘基;R 11为C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基或C3-C7环状烷基;Y为
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000136
其中R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基。
In another preferred example, R 3 is hydrogen or cyano, and R 8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000135
Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl; Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000136
wherein R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 is hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano base.
在另一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了式IV-I和IV-II中间体;In another specific embodiment, the present invention provides intermediates of formula IV-I and IV-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000137
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000137
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了一种式V化合物,In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula V,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000138
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000138
其中,in,
R 1、R 2、R 3各自独立地为氢、卤素、C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、叠氮基、氰基; R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000139
其中R 9为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 10为C1-C6烷基、C3-C7环状烷基或芳基,其中,芳基为选自苯基或取代苯基,萘基或取代萘基;R 11为C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基或C3-C7环状烷基;
R8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000139
Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl;
Y为Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000140
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000140
其中,R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12、R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基; Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano;
在另一优选例中,R 1、R 2、R 3为各独立地选自下组:氢、氟、叠氮基、甲基、氯甲基、氟甲基、二氟甲基、乙烯基、炔基、氰基; In another preferred embodiment, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, azido, methyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, vinyl , alkynyl, cyano;
在另一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了式V-I和V-II中间体In another specific embodiment, the present invention provides intermediates of formula V-I and V-II
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000141
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000141
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了式V化合物的制备方法,该方法包括以下步骤:In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the preparation of a compound of formula V, the method comprising the steps of:
(a)式I化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III化合物;(a) the compound of formula I reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000142
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000142
(b)式III化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV化合物;(b) compound of formula III reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000143
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000143
(c)式IV化合物与试剂N反应,生成式V化合物;(c) compound of formula IV reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000144
其中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7、R 8、M、N、O、X、Y和Z如上定义; wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , M, N, O, X, Y and Z are as defined above;
在上述步骤中(a):任何合适的式II化合物都可用在制备式III化合物的方法中。示例性的式II化合物包括但不限于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二乙基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二乙基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二异丙基缩醛。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以是N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In the above step (a): any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for preparing the compound of formula III. Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-diethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide bis Ethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diisopropyl acetal. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
式II化合物可以任何合适的量存在。例如,式II化合物可以以相对于式I化合物至少2.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。式II化合物也可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约10.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount. For example, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) . The compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol). In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I.
在上述步骤(b)中:任何合适的试剂M都可用在制备式IV化合物的方法中,示例性的试剂M包括但不限于异丁酸酐、异丁酸、异丁酰氯、特戊酰氯、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000145
In step (b) above: any suitable reagent M can be used in the method of preparing the compound of formula IV, exemplary reagents M include but are not limited to isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000145
在一些实施方案中,试剂M可以是异丁酸酐、异丁酰氯、特戊酰氯、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000146
In some embodiments, reagent M can be isobutyric anhydride, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000146
步骤(b)反应在碱性试剂存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环、有机金属碱;所述的有机金属包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁;优选地,所述碱为N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、4-二甲基氨基吡啶或叔丁基氯化镁。所述碱可以任何合适的量存在。所述碱以相对于式III化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对于式III化合物约1.0至约4.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The step (b) reaction is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent, the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases; the organometallics include but not Limited to Grignard reagent, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; preferably, the base is N,N-dichloride Isopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or tert-butylmagnesium chloride. The base may be present in any suitable amount. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
步骤(b)反应也可在碱性试剂与路易斯酸存在下进行,其中,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6- 二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环、有机金属碱;所述的有机金属碱包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁;所述的路易斯酸包括但不限于氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝;优选地,所述的碱性试剂为N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、叔丁基氯化镁,与氯化镁或氯化锂的随机组合使用。所述碱以相对于路易斯酸至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对路易斯酸约1.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The reaction in step (b) can also be carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a Lewis acid, wherein the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine , imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases; all Described organometallic bases include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, preferably from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; the Lewis Acids include but are not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride; preferably, the alkaline reagent is N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, used in random combination with magnesium chloride or lithium chloride. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalent (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid.
在上述步骤(c)中:任何合适的试剂N都可用在制备式V化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂N包括但不限于水、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇。在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a)、(b)和(c)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用,或步骤(a)、(b)和(c)采用“一锅法”进行。In step (c) above: any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V. Exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol. In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a), (b) and (c) can be separated and reused separately, or steps (a), (b) and (c) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明还提供了式V-I化合物的制备方法,该方法包括以下步骤:In a specific embodiment, the present invention also provides a preparation method of a compound of formula V-I, the method comprising the following steps:
(a1)式I-I化合物与试剂II化合物发生反应,生成式III-I化合物(a1) The compound of formula I-I reacts with the compound of reagent II to generate the compound of formula III-I
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000147
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000147
(b1)式III-I化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-I化合物;(b1) compound of formula III-I reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000148
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000148
(c1)式IV-I化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-I化合物;(c1) compound of formula IV-I reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000149
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000149
其中,R 4、R 5为甲基,R 6、R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基; Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups, and R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
在上述步骤中(a1):任何合适的式II化合物都可用在制备式III-I化合物的方法中。示例性的式II化合物包括但不限于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二乙基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二异丙基缩醛。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以是N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In the above step (a1): any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula III-I. Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
式II化合物可以任何合适的量存在。例如,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-I化合物至少2.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。式II化合物也可以以相对于式I-I化合物约2.0至约10.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount. For example, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) . The compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol). In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-I.
在上述步骤(b1)中:任何合适的试剂M都可用在制备式IV-I化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂M包括但不限于异丁酸酐、异丁酸、异丁酰氯;在一些实施方案中,试剂M可以是异丁酸酐。In step (b1) above: any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-I. Exemplary reagent M includes, but is not limited to, isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride; in some embodiments, reagent M may be isobutyric anhydride.
步骤(b1)反应在碱性试剂存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环中的一种或多种。所述碱可以任何合适的量存在。所述碱以相对于式III-I化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对于式III-I化合物约1.0至约4.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The reaction in step (b1) is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent, which includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- One or more of diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, and quinuclidine. The base may be present in any suitable amount. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-I. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-I.
在上述步骤(c1)中:任何合适的试剂N都可用在制备式V-I化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂N包括但不限于水、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇。在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a1)、(b1)和(c1)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用,或步骤(a1)、(b1)和(c1)采用“一锅法”进行。In step (c1) above: any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-I. Exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol. In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) can be separated and used separately, or steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
在本发明的一个具体实施方案中,本发明还提供了式V-II化合物的制备方法,该方法包括以下步骤:In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the present invention also provides a preparation method of a compound of formula V-II, the method comprising the following steps:
(a2)式I-II化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III-II化合物;(a2) the compound of formula I-II reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000150
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000150
(b2)式III-II化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-II化合物;(b2) compound of formula III-II reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000151
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000151
(c2)式IV-II化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-II化合物;(c2) compound of formula IV-II reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000152
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000152
其中,R 4、R 5为甲基,R 6、R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基; Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups, and R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
在上述步骤中(a2):任何合适的式II化合物都可用在制备式III-II化合物的方法中。示例性的式II化合物包括但不限于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二乙基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二异丙基缩醛。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以是N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In the above step (a2): any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula III-II. Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
式II化合物可以任何合适的量存在。例如,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-II化合物至少2.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。式II化合物也可以以相对于式I-II化合物约2.0至约10.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-II化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount. For example, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol). The compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol). In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-II.
在上述步骤(b2)中:任何合适的试剂M都可用在制备式IV-II化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂M包括但不限于
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000153
在一些实施方案中,试剂M可以是
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000154
In step (b2) above: any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-II. Exemplary reagents M include, but are not limited to
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000153
In some embodiments, reagent M can be
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000154
步骤(b2)反应在有机金属碱存在下进行,所述的有机金属碱包括但不限于格氏试剂;优选地所述格氏试剂选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁中的一种或多种;更优选地,所述有机金属碱为甲基溴化镁。所述有机金属碱可以以任何合适的量存在。优选地,所述有机金属碱以相对于式III-II化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对于式III-II化合物约1.0至约4.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The reaction in step (b2) is carried out in the presence of an organometallic base, and the organometallic base includes but is not limited to a Grignard reagent; preferably, the Grignard reagent is selected from methyl magnesium bromide, tert-butyl magnesium chloride, tert-butyl One or more of magnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride and ethylmagnesium chloride; more preferably, the organometallic base is methylmagnesium bromide. The organometallic base may be present in any suitable amount. Preferably, the organometallic base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II.
步骤(b)反应也可在碱性试剂与路易斯酸存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括有机碱或有机金属碱。在另一优选例中,所述有机碱包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环的中的一种或多种,和/或所述的有机金属包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选地所述有机金属碱选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁中的一种或多种;和/或所述的路易斯酸包括但不限于氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝中的一种或多种;优选地,所述的碱性试剂为N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、叔丁基氯化镁,并且所述碱性试剂任选地与氯化镁和/或氯化 锂的组合使用。所述碱以相对于路易斯酸至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对路易斯酸约1.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The step (b) reaction can also be carried out in the presence of a basic reagent including an organic base or an organic metal base and a Lewis acid. In another preferred example, the organic base includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, One or more of 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, and/or the organometallic including but not Limited to Grignard reagent, preferably the organometallic base is selected from one or more of methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride and ethylmagnesium chloride. and/or described Lewis acid including but not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride One or more; preferably, the alkaline reagent is N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tert-butylmagnesium chloride , and the alkaline reagent is optionally used in combination with magnesium chloride and/or lithium chloride. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalent (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid.
在上述步骤(c2)中:任何合适的试剂N都可用在制备式V-II化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂N包括但不限于水、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇。In step (c2) above: any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-II. Exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a2)、(b2)和(c2)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用,或步骤(a2)、(b2)和(c2)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) can be separated and reused separately, or steps (a2), (b2) and (c2) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了式VI化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides the preparation method of formula VI compound, comprises the steps:
(d)式V化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI化合物,(d) compound of formula V reacts with reagent O to generate compound of formula VI,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000155
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000155
其中,R 1,R 2,R 3,R 8,Y和Z的定义与上文相同; Wherein, the definitions of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , Y and Z are the same as above;
在上述步骤(d)中:任何合适的试剂O都可用在制备式VI化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂O包括但不限于,羟胺或其盐、有机酸、无机酸、水合肼。In step (d) above: any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI. Exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamine or salts thereof, organic acids, inorganic acids, hydrazine hydrate.
试剂O可以任何合适的量存在。例如,试剂O化合物可以以相对于式V化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约1.0、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约20.0当量(mol/mol)。试剂O也可以以相对于式V化合物约2.0至约30.0(如约2.0至约20.0)当量(mol/mol)的量存在。Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount. For example, the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol). Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 30.0 (eg, about 2.0 to about 20.0) equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V.
优选地,本发明式VI化合物的制备方法,包括步骤:Preferably, the preparation method of the compound of formula VI of the present invention comprises the steps:
(a)式I化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III化合物;(a) the compound of formula I reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000156
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000156
(b)式III化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV化合物;(b) compound of formula III reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000157
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000157
(c)式IV化合物与试剂N反应,生成式V化合物;(c) compound of formula IV reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000158
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000158
(d)式V化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI化合物;(d) compound of formula V reacts with reagent O to generate compound of formula VI;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000159
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000159
各式中,various,
R 1、R 2、R 3各自独立地为氢、卤素、C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、叠氮基、氰基; R 1 , R 2 , R 3 are each independently hydrogen, halogen, C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, azide, cyano;
R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基; R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl;
X为X is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000160
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000160
其中,R 12、R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基; Wherein, R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano;
Y为Y is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000161
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000161
其中,R 4和R 5各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 12、R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基; Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, and R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkene base, halogen, amino, cyano;
Z为Z is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000162
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000162
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000163
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000163
其中,R 12、R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、C1-C16烷基或取代烷基、C1-C16烯基或取代烯基、卤素、氨基、氰基; Wherein, R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, C1-C16 alkyl or substituted alkyl, C1-C16 alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, halogen, amino, cyano;
试剂M为羧酸酸酐
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000164
羧酸
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000165
酰氯
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000166
磷酰胺试剂
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000167
其中,R 14苯磺酸酯基、取代的苯氧基;
Reagent M is carboxylic acid anhydride
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000164
carboxylic acid
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000165
Acid chloride
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000166
Phosphoramide reagent
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000167
Wherein, R 14 benzenesulfonate group, substituted phenoxy group;
R 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000168
其中R 9为氢、C1-C16烷基,R 10为C1-C6烷基、C3-C7环状烷基或芳基,其中,芳基为选自苯基或取代苯基,萘基或取代萘基;R 11为C1-C16烷基、C1-C16卤代烷基或C3-C7环状烷基;
R8 is
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000168
Wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl, R 10 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cyclic alkyl or aryl, wherein, aryl is selected from phenyl or substituted phenyl, naphthyl or substituted Naphthyl; R 11 is C1-C16 alkyl, C1-C16 haloalkyl or C3-C7 cyclic alkyl;
试剂N为质子性溶剂;C1-C6的烷基醇、水、水的盐溶液;Reagent N is protic solvent; C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, salt solution of water;
试剂O为羟胺或其盐、有机酸、无机酸或水合肼;Reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid or hydrazine hydrate;
其中所述“取代”指基团中一个或多个氢原子(2、3或4个)被选自下组的取代基取代:C1-C6烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、C1-C6烷氧基、C3-C6环烷基、卤素、C1-C3卤代烷基、硝基、C6-C10芳基、苄基。wherein "substituted" means that one or more hydrogen atoms (2, 3 or 4) in the group are substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkyne base, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl.
在上述步骤中(a):任何合适的式II化合物都可用在制备式III化合物的方法中。示例性的式II化合物包括但不限于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二乙基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二乙基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二异丙基缩醛。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以是N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In the above step (a): any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for preparing the compound of formula III. Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-diethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide bis Ethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diisopropyl acetal. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
式II化合物可以任何合适的量存在。例如,式II化合物可以以相对于式I化合物至少2.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。式II化合物也可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约10.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount. For example, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) . The compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol). In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I.
在上述步骤(b)中:任何合适的试剂M都可用在制备式IV化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂M包括但不限于异丁酸酐、异丁酸、异丁酰氯、特戊酰氯、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000169
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000170
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000171
在一些实施方案中,试剂M可以是异丁酸酐、异丁酰氯、特戊酰氯、
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000172
In step (b) above: any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV. Exemplary reagents M include, but are not limited to, isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000169
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000170
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000171
In some embodiments, reagent M can be isobutyric anhydride, isobutyryl chloride, pivaloyl chloride,
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000172
步骤(b)反应在碱性试剂存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环、有机金属碱;所述的有机金属包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁;优选地,所述碱为N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、4-二甲基氨基吡啶或叔丁基氯化镁。所述碱可以任何合适的量存在。所述碱以相对于式III化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对于式III化合物约1.0至约4.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The step (b) reaction is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent, the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases; the organometallics include but not Limited to Grignard reagent, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; preferably, the base is N,N-dichloride Isopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine or tert-butylmagnesium chloride. The base may be present in any suitable amount. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
步骤(b)反应也可在碱性试剂与路易斯酸存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环、有机金属碱;所述的有机金属包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁;所述的路易斯酸包括但不限于氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝;优选地,所述的碱为N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、叔丁基氯化镁,与氯化镁或氯化锂的随机组合使用。所述碱以相对于路易斯酸至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对路易斯酸约1.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The step (b) reaction can also be carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a Lewis acid, the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole , N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases; the Organometallics include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; the Lewis acid includes but Not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride; preferably, the alkali is N,N-di Isopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, used in random combinations with magnesium chloride or lithium chloride. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalent (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid.
在上述步骤(c)中:任何合适的试剂N都可用在制备式V化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂N包括但不限于水、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇。In step (c) above: any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V. Exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
在上述步骤(d)中:任何合适的试剂O都可用在制备式VI化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂O包括但不限于,羟胺或其盐、有机酸、无机酸、水合肼.In step (d) above: any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI. Exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamine or its salts, organic acids, inorganic acids, hydrazine hydrate.
试剂O可以任何合适的量存在。例如,试剂O化合物可以以相对于式V化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约1.0、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约20.0当量(mol/mol)。试剂O也可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约20.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约20.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount. For example, the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol). Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I mol) is present.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a)、(b)和(c)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用,或步骤(a)、(b)和(c)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a), (b) and (c) can be separated and reused separately, or steps (a), (b) and (c) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
在另一优选例中,步骤(a)、(b)、(c)和(d)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, steps (a), (b), (c) and (d) are carried out by a "one-pot method".
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了一种式VI-I化合物的制备方法,包括步骤In a specific embodiment, the present invention provides a method for preparing a compound of formula VI-I, comprising the steps of
(d1)V-I和试剂O反应,生成了VI-I(d1) V-I reacts with reagent O to form VI-I
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000173
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000173
在上述步骤中:任何合适的试剂O都可用在制备式VI-I化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂O包括但不限于羟胺、羟胺水溶液、盐酸羟胺、硫酸羟胺。In the above steps: Any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-I. Exemplary reagent O includes, but is not limited to, hydroxylamine, aqueous hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate.
试剂O可以任何合适的量存在。例如,试剂O化合物可以以相对于式V-I化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约1.0、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。试剂O也可以以相对于式V-I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount. For example, the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V-I, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol). Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-I. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-I mol) is present.
在一个具体实施方案中,本发明提供了一种VI-I的制备方法,包括步骤:In a specific embodiment, the invention provides a preparation method of VI-I, comprising the steps:
(a1)式I-I化合物与试剂II化合物发生反应,生成式III-I化合物(a1) The compound of formula I-I reacts with the compound of reagent II to generate the compound of formula III-I
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000174
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000174
(b1)式III-I化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-I化合物;(b1) compound of formula III-I reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000175
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000175
(c1)式IV-I化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-I化合物;(c1) compound of formula IV-I reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-I;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000176
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000176
(d1)式V-I化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI-I化合物(d1) The compound of formula V-I reacts with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-I
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000177
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000177
其中,R 4、R 5为甲基,R 6、R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基; Wherein, R 4 and R 5 are methyl groups, and R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
在上述步骤中(a1):任何合适的式II化合物都可用在制备式III-I化合物的方法中。示例性的式II化合物包括但不限于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二乙基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二异丙基缩醛。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以是N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。In the above step (a1): any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula III-I. Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
式II化合物可以任何合适的量存在。例如,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-I化合物至少2.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。式II化合物也可以以相对于式I-I化合物约2.0至约10.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount. For example, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) . The compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-I, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol). In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-I.
在上述步骤(b1)中:任何合适的试剂M都可用在制备式IV-I化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂M包括但不限于异丁酸酐、异丁酸、异丁酰氯;在一些实施方案中,试剂M可以是异丁酸酐。In step (b1) above: any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-I. Exemplary reagent M includes, but is not limited to, isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, isobutyryl chloride; in some embodiments, reagent M may be isobutyric anhydride.
步骤(b1)反应在碱性试剂存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环。所述碱可以任何合适的量存在。所述碱以相对于式III-I化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对于式III化合物约1.0至约4.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The reaction in step (b1) is carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent, which includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole, N,N- Diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-colidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine. The base may be present in any suitable amount. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-I. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III.
在上述步骤(c1)中:任何合适的试剂N都可用在制备式V-I化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂N包括但不限于水、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇。In step (c1) above: any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-I. Exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
在上述步骤(d1)中:任何合适的试剂O都可用在制备式VI-I化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂O包括但不限于,羟胺、羟胺水溶液、盐酸羟胺、硫酸羟胺。In step (d1) above: any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-I. Exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, hydroxylamine, aqueous hydroxylamine, hydroxylamine hydrochloride, hydroxylamine sulfate.
试剂O可以任何合适的量存在。例如,试剂O化合物可以以相对于式V-I化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约1.0、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。试剂O也可以以相对于式V-I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount. For example, the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V-I, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol). Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-I. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I mol) is present.
在另一优选例中,其中步骤(a1)、(b1)和(c1)所得化合物可分别经分离后再使用,或步骤(a1)、(b1)和(c1)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, the compounds obtained in steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) can be separated and used separately, or steps (a1), (b1) and (c1) are carried out by a "one-pot method" .
在另一优选例中,步骤(a1)、(b1)、(c1)和(d1)采用“一锅法”进行。In another preferred embodiment, steps (a1), (b1), (c1) and (d1) are carried out in a "one-pot method".
在一个实施方式中,本发明提供了一种VI-II的制备方法,包括步骤In one embodiment, the present invention provides a preparation method of VI-II, comprising the steps of
(d2)V-II和试剂O反应,生成了VI-II(d2) V-II reacts with reagent O to form VI-II
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000178
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000178
在上述步骤中:任何合适的试剂O都可用在制备式VI-II化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂O包括但不限于乙酸、甲酸、三氟乙酸、盐酸、水合肼或其溶液。In the above steps: Any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-II. Exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, formic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrazine hydrate, or solutions thereof.
试剂O可以任何合适的量存在。例如,试剂O化合物可以以相对于式V-II化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约1.0、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约30.0当量(mol/mol)。试剂O也可以以相对于式V-II化合物约10.0至约30.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount. For example, the Reagent O compound may be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-II, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 30.0 equivalents ( mol/mol). Reagent O may also be present in an amount of about 10.0 to about 30.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula V-II.
在一个实施方式中,本发明提供了一种VI-II的制备方法,包括步骤:In one embodiment, the invention provides a preparation method of VI-II, comprising the steps:
(a2)式I-II化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III-II化合物;(a2) the compound of formula I-II reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000179
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000179
(b2)式III-II化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-II化合物;(b2) compound of formula III-II reacts with reagent M to generate compound of formula IV-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000180
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000180
(c2)式IV-II化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-II化合物;(c2) compound of formula IV-II reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000181
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000181
(d2)式V-II化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI-II化合物;(d2) the compound of formula V-II reacts with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-II;
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000182
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000182
其中,R 4、R 5为甲基,R 6、R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基;在上述步骤中(a2):任何合适的式II化合物都可用在制备式III-II化合物的方法中。示例性的式II化合物包括但不限于N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二乙基缩醛、N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二异丙基缩醛。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以是N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲基缩醛。 Wherein, R 4 , R 5 are methyl, R 6 , R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl; in the above step (a2): any suitable compound of formula II can be used in the preparation of formula III-II compound method. Exemplary compounds of formula II include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethylacetal isopropyl acetal. In some embodiments, the compound of formula II may be N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal.
式II化合物可以任何合适的量存在。例如,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-II化合物至少2.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约10.0当量(mol/mol)。式II化合物也可以以相对于式I-II化合物约2.0至约10.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)。在一些实施方案中,式II化合物可以以相对于式I-II化合物约2.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The compound of formula II may be present in any suitable amount. For example, the compound of formula II may be present in an amount of at least 2.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) mol). The compound of formula II may also be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 10.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula I-II, eg, about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol). In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II may be present in an amount of about 2.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula I-II.
在上述步骤(b2)中:任何合适的试剂M都可用在制备式IV-II化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂M包括但不限于
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000183
在一些实施方案中,试剂M可以是
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000184
In step (b2) above: any suitable reagent M can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula IV-II. Exemplary reagents M include, but are not limited to
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000183
In some embodiments, reagent M can be
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000184
步骤(b2)反应在有机金属碱存在下进行,所述的有机金属包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁;优选地,所述有机金属碱为甲基溴化镁。所述碱可以任何合适的量存在。所述碱以相对于式III-II化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对于式III-II化合物约1.0至约4.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The reaction in step (b2) is carried out in the presence of an organic metal base, and the organic metal includes but is not limited to a Grignard reagent, preferably selected from methyl magnesium bromide, tert-butyl magnesium chloride, tert-butyl magnesium bromide, isopropyl magnesium chloride , methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; preferably, the organometallic base is methylmagnesium bromide. The base may be present in any suitable amount. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 4.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of formula III-II.
步骤(b2)反应也可在碱性试剂与路易斯酸存在下进行,所述碱性试剂包括但不限于N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、咪唑、N,N-二乙基苯胺、吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-可力丁、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、奎宁环、有机金属碱;所述的有机金属包括但不限于格氏试剂,优选自甲基溴化镁、叔丁基氯化镁、叔丁基溴化镁、异丙基氯化镁、甲基氯化镁、乙基氯化镁;所述的路易斯酸包括但不限于氯化镁、溴化镁、硫酸镁、硝酸镁、氯化锂、溴化锂、硫酸锂、碳酸锂、硝酸锂、氯化锌、氯化铝;优选地,所述的碱为N,N-二异丙基乙基胺、三乙胺、二异丙基胺、4-二甲基氨基吡啶、叔丁基氯化镁,与氯化镁或氯化锂的随机组合使用。所述碱以相对于路易斯酸至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。优选地,所述碱以相对路易斯酸约1.0至约5.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在。The reaction in step (b2) can also be carried out in the presence of an alkaline reagent and a Lewis acid, and the alkaline reagent includes but is not limited to N,N-diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, imidazole , N,N-diethylaniline, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, 2,4,6-collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, quinuclidine, organometallic bases; the Organometallics include but are not limited to Grignard reagents, preferably selected from methylmagnesium bromide, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, tert-butylmagnesium bromide, isopropylmagnesium chloride, methylmagnesium chloride, ethylmagnesium chloride; the Lewis acid includes but Not limited to magnesium chloride, magnesium bromide, magnesium sulfate, magnesium nitrate, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium sulfate, lithium carbonate, lithium nitrate, zinc chloride, aluminum chloride; preferably, the alkali is N,N-di Isopropylethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tert-butylmagnesium chloride, used in random combinations with magnesium chloride or lithium chloride. The base is present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalent (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid. Preferably, the base is present in an amount of about 1.0 to about 5.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the Lewis acid.
在上述步骤(c2)中:任何合适的试剂N都可用在制备式V-II化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂N包括但不限于水、氯化铵水溶液、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇。In step (c2) above: any suitable reagent N can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula V-II. Exemplary reagent N includes, but is not limited to, water, aqueous ammonium chloride, methanol, ethanol, propanol.
在上述步骤(d2)中:任何合适的试剂O都可用在制备式VI-II化合物的方法中。示例性的试剂O包括但不限于乙酸、甲酸、三氟乙酸、盐酸、水合肼或其溶液。In step (d2) above: any suitable reagent O can be used in the process for the preparation of compounds of formula VI-II. Exemplary reagents O include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, formic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrazine hydrate, or solutions thereof.
试剂O可以任何合适的量存在。例如,试剂O化合物可以以相对于式V-II化合物至少1.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在,例如约1.0、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9或约20.0当量(mol/mol)。试剂O也可以以相对于式V-II化合物(约10.0至约20.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.在一些实施方案中,试剂O也可以以相对于式V-II化合物(含顺反异构体)约10.0至约20.0当量(mol/mol)的量存在.Reagent O can be present in any suitable amount. For example, the Reagent O compound can be present in an amount of at least 1.0 equivalents (mol/mol) relative to the compound of Formula V-II, eg, about 1.0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or about 20.0 equivalents ( mol/mol). Reagent O can also be present in an amount relative to the compound of Formula V-II (about 10.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol) . In some embodiments, Reagent O can also be present in an amount relative to the compound of Formula V-II (cis-trans containing isomer) is present in an amount of about 10.0 to about 20.0 equivalents (mol/mol).
本发明的主要优点包括The main advantages of the present invention include
(a)收率高,脱保护条件温和,纯化简单,中间步骤中制得的化合物无需进行分离和/或纯化可直接进行后续反应(即可采用“一锅法”)。(a) The yield is high, the deprotection conditions are mild, and the purification is simple, and the compound prepared in the intermediate step can be directly subjected to the subsequent reaction without separation and/or purification (the "one-pot method" can be used).
下面结合具体实施例,进一步阐述本发明。应理解,这些实施例仅用于说明本发明而不用于限制本发明的范围。下列实施例中未注明具体条件的实验方法,通常按照常规条件,或按照制造厂商所建议的条件。除非另外说明,否则百分比和份数是重量百分比和重量份数。The present invention will be further described below in conjunction with specific embodiments. It should be understood that these examples are only used to illustrate the present invention and not to limit the scope of the present invention. In the following examples, the experimental methods without specific conditions are usually in accordance with conventional conditions, or in accordance with the conditions suggested by the manufacturer. Percentages and parts are weight percentages and parts unless otherwise specified.
除非特别说明,否则实施例中所用的原料或试剂均可通过市售获得或者按照本领域的常规知识制备。Unless otherwise specified, the raw materials or reagents used in the examples can be obtained commercially or prepared according to conventional knowledge in the art.
实施例1Example 1
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000185
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000185
将化合物I-I(5.00g,20.57mmol)和N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲缩醛(9.80g,82.28mmol)加入吡啶(50mL)中,25℃搅拌过夜,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液浓缩,直接用于下步反应。Compound I-I (5.00 g, 20.57 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (9.80 g, 82.28 mmol) were added to pyridine (50 mL), stirred at 25°C overnight, TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely, The reaction solution was concentrated and used directly for the next reaction.
将上步得到的化合物III-I加入二氯甲烷(50mL)中,25℃下,依次加入异丁酸酐(4.88g,30.86mmol)、三乙胺(4.16g,41.40mmol)和4-N,N-二甲氨基吡啶(244mg,2.00mmol),加完后反应2h,TLC显示原料已经反应完全。然后将乙醇(1.89g,411.40mmol)加入反应液中,搅拌2h,将反应液浓缩,然后用醋酸异丙酯打浆,过滤得化合物V-I,类白色固体6.06g,收率80%, 1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO)δ8.64(s,1H),7.80(d,J=7.3Hz,1H),5.97(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),5.77(d,J=3.3Hz,1H),5.53(d,J=5.2Hz,1H),5.23(d,J=6.2Hz,1H),4.29(dd,J=12.2,3.0Hz,1H),4.22(dd,J=12.3,5.1Hz,1H),4.05–4.01(m,1H),4.01–3.98(m,1H),3.91(dd,J=11.6,6.3Hz,1H),3.17(s,3H),3.04(s,3H),2.59(dt,J=14.0,7.0Hz,1H),1.10(dd,J=7.0,2.1Hz,6H).MS m/z=369.4[M+H] + The compound III-I obtained in the previous step was added to dichloromethane (50 mL), and at 25° C., isobutyric anhydride (4.88 g, 30.86 mmol), triethylamine (4.16 g, 41.40 mmol) and 4-N were successively added, N-dimethylaminopyridine (244 mg, 2.00 mmol), reacted for 2 h after the addition, and TLC showed that the raw material had reacted completely. Then ethanol (1.89g, 411.40mmol) was added to the reaction solution, stirred for 2h, the reaction solution was concentrated, then slurried with isopropyl acetate, filtered to obtain compound VI, an off-white solid 6.06g, yield 80%, 1 H NMR (500MHz,DMSO)δ8.64(s,1H),7.80(d,J=7.3Hz,1H),5.97(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),5.77(d,J=3.3Hz,1H), 5.53(d,J=5.2Hz,1H),5.23(d,J=6.2Hz,1H),4.29(dd,J=12.2,3.0Hz,1H),4.22(dd,J=12.3,5.1Hz,1H) ),4.05–4.01(m,1H),4.01–3.98(m,1H),3.91(dd,J=11.6,6.3Hz,1H),3.17(s,3H),3.04(s,3H),2.59( dt,J=14.0,7.0Hz,1H),1.10(dd,J=7.0,2.1Hz,6H).MS m/z=369.4[M+H] +
实施例2Example 2
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000186
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000186
将化合物I-I(5.00g,20.57mmol)和N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲缩醛(9.80g,82.28mmol)和吡啶(16.25g,205.7mmol)加入四氢呋喃(50mL)中,回流反应过夜,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液浓缩,直接用于下步反应。Compound I-I (5.00 g, 20.57 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (9.80 g, 82.28 mmol) and pyridine (16.25 g, 205.7 mmol) were added to tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and the reaction was refluxed overnight , TLC showed that the raw material had reacted completely, the reaction solution was concentrated and used directly for the next step reaction.
将上步得到的化合物III-I加入二氯甲烷(50mL)中,25℃下,依次加入异丁酸酐(4.88g,30.86mmol)、三乙胺(4.16g,41.40mmol)和4-N,N-二甲氨基吡啶(244mg,2.00mmol),加完后反应2h,TLC显示原料已经反应完全。然后将乙醇(1.89g,411.40mmol)加入反应液中,搅拌2h,将反应液浓缩,然后用醋酸异丙酯打浆,过滤得化合物V-I,类白色固体6.06g,收率80%The compound III-I obtained in the previous step was added to dichloromethane (50 mL), and at 25° C., isobutyric anhydride (4.88 g, 30.86 mmol), triethylamine (4.16 g, 41.40 mmol) and 4-N were successively added, N-dimethylaminopyridine (244 mg, 2.00 mmol), reacted for 2 h after the addition, and TLC showed that the raw material had reacted completely. Then ethanol (1.89g, 411.40mmol) was added to the reaction solution, stirred for 2h, the reaction solution was concentrated, then slurried with isopropyl acetate, filtered to obtain compound V-I, off-white solid 6.06g, yield 80%
实施例3Example 3
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000187
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000187
将化合物V-I(500mg,1.36mmol)加入异丙醇和水的混合溶液(w/w,异丙醇/水=7:3,7g)中,然后加入硫酸羟胺(892mg,5.44mmol),加热至80度反应24h,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应冷却,过滤,浓缩,柱层析得化合物VI-I,白色固体380mg,收率80%, 1H NMR(500MHz,MeOD)δ6.94(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),5.84(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),5.63(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),4.31(d,J=3.8Hz,2H),4.15(t,J=5.0Hz,1H),4.12–4.08(m,2H),2.64(sept,7.0Hz,1H),1.20(dd,J=7.0,1.6Hz,6H).MS m/z=328.2[M-H] - Compound VI (500mg, 1.36mmol) was added to a mixed solution of isopropanol and water (w/w, isopropanol/water=7:3, 7g), then added hydroxylamine sulfate (892mg, 5.44mmol), heated to 80 After 24 hours of reaction time, TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely, the reaction was cooled, filtered, concentrated, and column chromatography gave compound VI-I, white solid 380 mg, yield 80%, 1 H NMR (500 MHz, MeOD) δ 6.94 (d ,J=8.3Hz,1H),5.84(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),5.63(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),4.31(d,J=3.8Hz,2H),4.15(t,J =5.0Hz,1H),4.12–4.08(m,2H),2.64(sept,7.0Hz,1H),1.20(dd,J=7.0,1.6Hz,6H).MS m/z=328.2[MH] -
实施例4Example 4
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000188
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000188
将化合物V-I(400mg,1.09mmol)加入异丙醇和水的混合溶液(w/w,异丙醇/水=7:3,7g)中,然后加入硫酸羟胺(714mg,4.35mmol),室温反应24h,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应过滤,浓缩,柱层析得化合物VII-I,白色固体323mg,收率85%, 1H NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ10.66(s,1H),10.06(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.86(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),7.73(d,J=9.5Hz,1H),6.33(d,J=7.4Hz,1H),5.75(d,J=3.3Hz,1H),5.52(d,J=5.1Hz,1H),5.22(d,J=6.2Hz, 1H),4.29(dd,J=12.2,3.0Hz,1H),4.23(dd,J=12.2,5.6Hz,1H),4.05–3.98(m,2H),3.91(dd,J=11.8,6.3Hz,1H),2.58(hept,J=7.0Hz,1H),1.10(dd,J=7.0,2.6Hz,6H)MS m/z=357.2[M+H] + Compound VI (400mg, 1.09mmol) was added to a mixed solution of isopropanol and water (w/w, isopropanol/water=7:3, 7g), then hydroxylamine sulfate (714mg, 4.35mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 24h , TLC showed that the raw material had reacted completely, the reaction was filtered, concentrated, and column chromatography gave compound VII-I, white solid 323 mg, yield 85%, 1 H NMR (600MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ10.66 (s, 1H ), 10.06(d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.86(d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.73(d, J=9.5Hz, 1H), 6.33(d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 5.75(d,J=3.3Hz,1H),5.52(d,J=5.1Hz,1H),5.22(d,J=6.2Hz,1H),4.29(dd,J=12.2,3.0Hz,1H), 4.23 (dd, J=12.2, 5.6Hz, 1H), 4.05–3.98 (m, 2H), 3.91 (dd, J=11.8, 6.3Hz, 1H), 2.58 (hept, J=7.0Hz, 1H), 1.10 (dd,J=7.0,2.6Hz,6H) MS m/z=357.2[M+H] +
实施例5Example 5
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000189
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000189
将化合物V-I(500mg,1.36mmol)加入异丙醇和水的混合溶液(w/w,异丙醇/水=7:3,7g)中,然后加入硫酸羟胺(892mg,5.44mmol),室温反应24h,TLC显示原料已经完全转化为化合物VII-I。然后加热至80度反应24h,TLC显示化合物已经反应完全,将反应冷却,过滤,浓缩,柱层析得化合物VI-I,白色固体380mg,收率80%, 1H NMR(500MHz,MeOD)δ6.94(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),5.84(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),5.63(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),4.31(d,J=3.8Hz,2H),4.15(t,J=5.0Hz,1H),4.12–4.08(m,2H),2.64(sept,7.0Hz,1H),1.20(dd,J=7.0,1.6Hz,6H).MS m/z=328.2[M-H] - Compound VI (500mg, 1.36mmol) was added to a mixed solution of isopropanol and water (w/w, isopropanol/water=7:3, 7g), then hydroxylamine sulfate (892mg, 5.44mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 24h , TLC showed that the starting material had been completely converted into compound VII-I. Then heated to 80 degrees and reacted for 24h, TLC showed that the compound had reacted completely, the reaction was cooled, filtered, concentrated, and column chromatography gave compound VI-I, white solid 380mg, yield 80%, 1 H NMR (500MHz, MeOD)δ6 .94(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),5.84(d,J=4.9Hz,1H),5.63(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),4.31(d,J=3.8Hz,2H),4.15 (t, J=5.0Hz, 1H), 4.12–4.08 (m, 2H), 2.64 (sept, 7.0Hz, 1H), 1.20 (dd, J=7.0, 1.6Hz, 6H). MS m/z=328.2 [MH] -
实施例6Example 6
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000190
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000190
将胞苷(5g,20.6mmol),DMF-DMA(9.86g,82.4mmol)和吡啶(16.3g,206mmol)加入THF(50mL)中,回流反应过夜,次日TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液浓缩得粗产品直接用于下一步。将所得粗品溶于二氯甲烷(50mL)中,然后依次加入三乙胺(6.25g,61.8mmol)、DMAP(189mg,1.55mmol)和异丁酸酐(4.89g,30.9mmol),约2h后TLC显示原料已经反应完全,加入乙醇(18.9g,412mmol)淬灭反应,然后将反应浓缩并用异丙醇带1次得粗品。将硫酸羟胺(13.5g,82.4mmol)溶于纯净水(30g)并加入异丙醇(70g)中,然后加入上步得到的粗品升温至78度反应18h,停止加热冷却至室温,反应液分为两层,将异丙醇层浓缩干并用2-甲基四氢呋喃溶解,讲水层用纯净水(30g)稀释后用于洗涤2-甲基四氢呋喃层,洗涤后将有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩,后用醋酸异丙酯(50mL)得化合物VI-1,白色固体(4.8g,总收率70%)。Cytidine (5 g, 20.6 mmol), DMF-DMA (9.86 g, 82.4 mmol) and pyridine (16.3 g, 206 mmol) were added to THF (50 mL), and the reaction was refluxed overnight. TLC the next day showed that the raw materials had reacted completely. The liquid was concentrated to obtain the crude product which was directly used in the next step. The obtained crude product was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL), and then triethylamine (6.25 g, 61.8 mmol), DMAP (189 mg, 1.55 mmol) and isobutyric anhydride (4.89 g, 30.9 mmol) were added successively. After about 2 h, TLC The starting material was shown to have reacted completely and ethanol (18.9 g, 412 mmol) was added to quench the reaction, then the reaction was concentrated and stripped once with isopropanol to give the crude product. Hydroxylamine sulfate (13.5g, 82.4mmol) was dissolved in pure water (30g) and added to isopropanol (70g), then the crude product obtained in the previous step was heated to 78 degrees and reacted for 18h, and the heating was stopped and cooled to room temperature. For two layers, the isopropanol layer was concentrated to dryness and dissolved in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran. The aqueous layer was diluted with purified water (30 g) and used to wash the 2-methyltetrahydrofuran layer. After washing, the organic layer was washed with anhydrous sodium sulfate. Dry, concentrate, and then use isopropyl acetate (50 mL) to obtain compound VI-1 as a white solid (4.8 g, total yield 70%).
实施例7Example 7
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000191
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000191
将化合物I-II(500mg,1.72mmol)和N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲缩醛(820mg,6.00mmol)加入吡啶(10mL)中,25℃反应过夜,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液浓缩,直接用于下步反应。Compound I-II (500 mg, 1.72 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (820 mg, 6.00 mmol) were added to pyridine (10 mL), and the reaction was carried out at 25 °C overnight. TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely, The reaction solution was concentrated and used directly for the next reaction.
将上步得到的III-II和III-3(935mg,1.89mmol)溶于干燥四氢呋喃(10mL)中,冷却至-10℃,缓慢滴加3.0M甲基溴化镁的2-甲基四氢呋喃溶液(0.86mL,2.58mmol),滴完后,0℃反应2h,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液加入饱和氯化铵(20mL)中淬灭,乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相依次用稀盐酸溶液、饱和碳酸氢钠和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,硅胶柱层析分离得到化合物V-II,泡沫状固体847mg,收率75%。1H NMR(500MHz,DMSO)δ8.95(s,1H),8.14(s,1H),7.36–7.32(m,2H),7.20–7.15(m,3H),6.93(d,J=4.5Hz,1H),6.80(d,J=4.5Hz,1H),6.34(d,J=6.2Hz,1H),6.03(dd,J=13.0,10.1Hz,1H),5.40(d,J=5.6Hz,1H),4.70–4.66(m,1H),4.28–4.21(m,2H),4.09(dt,J=12.2,6.2Hz,1H),4.00–3.92(m,2H),3.88–3.77(m,2H),3.25(s,3H),3.18(s,3H),1.44–1.38(m,1H),1.26–1.22(m,4H),1.19(d,J=7.1Hz,3H),0.78(t,J=7.4Hz,6H).MS m/z=658.3[M+H] + The III-II and III-3 obtained in the previous step (935 mg, 1.89 mmol) were dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), cooled to -10°C, and a 3.0 M solution of methylmagnesium bromide in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran was slowly added dropwise. (0.86mL, 2.58mmol), after dripping, react at 0°C for 2h, TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely, the reaction solution was added to saturated ammonium chloride (20mL) to quench, extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was sequentially diluted with dilute hydrochloric acid The solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and separated by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound V-II as a foamy solid 847 mg, yield 75%. 1H NMR (500MHz, DMSO)δ8.95(s,1H), 8.14(s,1H), 7.36-7.32(m,2H), 7.20-7.15(m,3H), 6.93(d,J=4.5Hz, 1H), 6.80(d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 6.34(d, J=6.2Hz, 1H), 6.03(dd, J=13.0, 10.1Hz, 1H), 5.40(d, J=5.6Hz, 1H), 4.70–4.66 (m, 1H), 4.28–4.21 (m, 2H), 4.09 (dt, J=12.2, 6.2Hz, 1H), 4.00–3.92 (m, 2H), 3.88–3.77 (m, 2H), 3.25(s, 3H), 3.18(s, 3H), 1.44-1.38(m, 1H), 1.26-1.22(m, 4H), 1.19(d, J=7.1Hz, 3H), 0.78(t ,J=7.4Hz,6H).MS m/z=658.3[M+H] +
实施例8Example 8
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000192
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000192
将化合物I-II(500mg,1.72mmol)和N,N-二甲基甲酰胺二甲缩醛(820mg,6.00mmol)加入吡啶(10mL)中,25℃反应过夜,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液浓缩,直 接用于下步反应。Compound I-II (500 mg, 1.72 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (820 mg, 6.00 mmol) were added to pyridine (10 mL), and the reaction was carried out at 25 °C overnight. TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely, The reaction solution was concentrated and used directly for the next reaction.
将上步得到的III-II和III-3(935mg,1.89mmol)溶于干燥四氢呋喃(10mL)中,然后加入无水氯化镁(246mg,2.58mmol),25℃搅拌30分钟,然后滴加N,N-二乙基异丙基胺(444mg,3.44mmol),加完后,25℃反应过夜,TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液加入2M盐酸溶液(3mL)中,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取,有机层依次用饱和碳酸氢钠和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,硅胶柱层析分离得到化合物V-II,泡沫状固体800mg,收率71%。The III-II and III-3 (935 mg, 1.89 mmol) obtained in the previous step were dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), then anhydrous magnesium chloride (246 mg, 2.58 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes, and then N was added dropwise. N-diethylisopropylamine (444mg, 3.44mmol), after the addition, the reaction was carried out at 25°C overnight. TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely. The reaction solution was added to 2M hydrochloric acid solution (3mL), and then extracted with ethyl acetate , the organic layer was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and separated by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound V-II as a foamy solid 800 mg, yield 71%.
实施例9Example 9
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000193
Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-000193
将化合物V-II(500mg,0.76mmol)溶于乙醇(5mL)中,然后加入醋酸(912mg,15.20mmol),45℃反应过夜,次日TLC显示原料已经反应完全,将反应液浓缩,然后加入乙酸乙酯,然后依次用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩,硅胶柱层析分离得到化合物VI-II,白色固体343mg,收率75%。 1H NMR(500MHz,MeOD)δ7.87(s,1H),7.33–7.28(m,2H),7.21–7.14(m,3H),6.91(d,J=4.6Hz,1H),6.88(d,J=4.6Hz,1H),4.79(d,J=5.3Hz,1H),4.42–4.35(m,2H),4.31–4.25(m,1H),4.17(t,J=5.6Hz,1H),4.02(dd,J=10.9,5.8Hz,1H),3.95–3.85(m,2H),1.45(dt,J=12.5,6.3Hz,1H),1.35–1.26(m,7H),0.85(t,J=7.5Hz,6H).MS m/z=603.3[M+H] + Compound V-II (500 mg, 0.76 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (5 mL), then acetic acid (912 mg, 15.20 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out at 45° C. overnight. The next day TLC showed that the raw materials had reacted completely. The reaction solution was concentrated, and then added Ethyl acetate, then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine successively, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated, and separated by silica gel column chromatography to obtain compound VI-II, white solid 343 mg, yield 75%. 1 H NMR(500MHz,MeOD)δ7.87(s,1H),7.33-7.28(m,2H),7.21-7.14(m,3H),6.91(d,J=4.6Hz,1H),6.88(d , J=4.6Hz, 1H), 4.79 (d, J=5.3Hz, 1H), 4.42–4.35 (m, 2H), 4.31–4.25 (m, 1H), 4.17 (t, J=5.6Hz, 1H) ,4.02(dd,J=10.9,5.8Hz,1H),3.95-3.85(m,2H),1.45(dt,J=12.5,6.3Hz,1H),1.35-1.26(m,7H),0.85(t ,J=7.5Hz,6H).MS m/z=603.3[M+H] +
在本发明提及的所有文献都在本申请中引用作为参考,就如同每一篇文献被单独引用作为参考那样。此外应理解,在阅读了本发明的上述讲授内容之后,本领域技术人员可以对本发明作各种改动或修改,这些等价形式同样落于本申请所附权利要求书所限定的范围。All documents mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in this application as if each document were individually incorporated by reference. In addition, it should be understood that after reading the above teaching content of the present invention, those skilled in the art can make various changes or modifications to the present invention, and these equivalent forms also fall within the scope defined by the appended claims of the present application.

Claims (10)

  1. 一种制备式VI化合物的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括步骤:A method for preparing a compound of formula VI, characterized in that the method comprises the steps:
    (d)使式V化合物与试剂O反应,从而得到式VI化合物;(d) reacting the compound of formula V with reagent O to obtain the compound of formula VI;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100001
    其中,试剂O选自下组:羟胺或其盐、有机酸、无机酸、水合肼,或其组合;Wherein, reagent O is selected from the following group: hydroxylamine or its salt, organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or its combination;
    各式中,various,
    R 1、R 2和R 3各自独立地选自下组:氢、卤素、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基、取代或未取代的C2-C6烯基、取代或未取代的C2-C6炔基、叠氮基、氰基; R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 Alkynyl, azido, cyano;
    R 8 R8 is
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100002
    R 9选自下组:氢、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基; R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl;
    R 10选自下组:C1-C6烷基、取代或未取代的C3-C7环烷基、取代或未取代的C6-C10芳基; R 10 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C6-C10 aryl;
    R 11选自下组:取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基、取代或未取代的C3-C7环烷基、芳基亚甲基; R 11 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, arylmethylene;
    Y为Y is
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100003
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100003
    or
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100004
    Z为Z is
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100005
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100005
    or
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100007
    表示单键或双键;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100007
    Indicates a single bond or a double bond;
    X 1选自下组:N、CR 12X 1 is selected from the group consisting of N, CR 12 ;
    X 2选自下组:C(=O); X 2 is selected from the group consisting of C(=O);
    X 3选自下组:C(=O)、C(N=CHNR 4R 5); X 3 is selected from the group consisting of C(=O), C(N=CHNR 4 R 5 );
    X 4选自下组:N、NH; X is selected from the group consisting of N, NH ;
    X 5、X 6和X 7选自下组:C、N; X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are selected from the group consisting of C, N;
    X 8选自下组:C(=O)、C(NHR 15); X 8 is selected from the group consisting of C(=O), C(NHR 15 );
    R 15为H或OH; R 15 is H or OH;
    R 4和R 5各自独立地选自下组:氢、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基;或者R 4和R 5以 及与它们相连的氮原子共同形成取代或未取代的4至7元饱和杂环基(较佳地,所述饱和杂环基仅含与R 4和R 5相连的N杂原子); R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1 - C16 alkyl; or R4 and R5 and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached together form a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 7 -membered Saturated heterocyclyl (preferably, the saturated heterocyclyl only contains N heteroatoms attached to R 4 and R 5 );
    R 12和R 13各自独立地为氢、氘、取代或未取代的C1-C16烷基、取代或未取代的C2-C16烯基、卤素、取代或未取代的氨基、氰基; R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C16 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C16 alkenyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, cyano;
    除非特别说明,所述取代是指基团中一个或多个氢被选自下组的取代基取代:C1-C6烷基、C2-C6烯基、C2-C6炔基、C1-C6烷氧基、C3-C6环烷基、卤素、C1-C3卤代烷基、硝基、C6-C10芳基、苄基;其中,所述苄基、芳基和环烷基还能任选地被一个或多个(如1、2或3个)选自下组的取代基所述取代卤素、C1-C3烷基、C1-C3卤代烷基。Unless otherwise specified, the substitution means that one or more hydrogens in the group are replaced by a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkoxy group, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-C3 haloalkyl, nitro, C6-C10 aryl, benzyl; wherein, the benzyl, aryl and cycloalkyl can also be optionally replaced by one or A plurality (eg 1, 2 or 3) of substituents selected from the group consisting of substituted halogen, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述的方法还包括步骤:式V化合物的制备;并且所述式V化合物的制备包括步骤:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises the steps of: the preparation of the compound of formula V; and the preparation of the compound of the formula V comprises the steps of:
    (a)使式I化合物与式II化合物反应,从而得到式III化合物;(a) reacting a compound of formula I with a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula III;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100008
    (b)使式III化合物与试剂M反应,从而得到式IV化合物;(b) reacting the compound of formula III with reagent M, thereby obtaining the compound of formula IV;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100009
    其中,试剂M选自下组:
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100010
    (羧酸试剂)、
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100011
    (酸酐试剂)、
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100012
    (酰氯试剂)、或
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100013
    (磷酰胺试剂);
    Wherein, reagent M is selected from the following group:
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100010
    (Carboxylic acid reagent),
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100011
    (acid anhydride reagent),
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100012
    (Acyl chloride reagent), or
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100013
    (phosphoramide reagent);
    (c)在试剂N存在下,使式IV化合物发生反应,从而得到式V化合物;(c) in the presence of reagent N, the compound of formula IV is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100014
    其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof;
    各式中,various,
    X为X is
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100015
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100015
    or
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100016
    R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢或C1-C16烷基; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C16 alkyl;
    X 9为C(=O)、C(NH 2); X 9 is C(=O), C(NH 2 );
    R 14为-W 1-R 16;其中,W 1为O-S(O) 2或O;R 16为氢、氯、取代或未取代的苯基(较佳地,R 16为卤代苯基、硝基取代的苯基);较佳地,R 14为苯磺酸酯基(-O-S(O) 2-Ar)、取代苯氧基); R 14 is -W 1 -R 16 ; wherein, W 1 is OS(O) 2 or O; R 16 is hydrogen, chlorine, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (preferably, R 16 is halogenated phenyl, nitro-substituted phenyl); preferably, R 14 is benzenesulfonate (-OS(O) 2 -Ar), substituted phenoxy);
    取代、X 1、X 2、X 4、X 5、X 6、X 7、R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 8、R 9、R 10、R 12、R 13和Y如权利要求1中定义。 Substitution, X 1 , X 2 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 12 , R 13 and Y is as defined in claim 1 .
  3. 一种式V化合物,其特征在于A compound of formula V, characterized in that
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100017
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100017
    R 1、R 2、R 3、R 8和Y如权利要求1中定义。 R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and Y are as defined in claim 1 .
  4. 如权利要求3所述的式V化合物,其特征在于,所述的式V化合物为如V-I所示的化合物或如式V-II所示的化合物;The compound of formula V according to claim 3, wherein the compound of formula V is a compound shown in V-I or a compound shown in formula V-II;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100018
  5. 一种式III化合物,a compound of formula III,
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100019
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100019
    式中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5和Y如权利要求2中定义。 In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and Y are as defined in claim 2 .
  6. 一种式IV化合物,a compound of formula IV,
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100020
    其中,R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4、R 5、R 8和Y如权利要求2中定义。 wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 and Y are as defined in claim 2 .
  7. 一种制备式VI化合物的方法,其特征在于,A method of preparing a compound of formula VI, characterized in that,
    所述的式VI化合物为式VI-I化合物,且所述方法包括步骤:Described formula VI compound is formula VI-I compound, and described method comprises the steps:
    (d1)使式V-I化合物与试剂O反应,从而得到式VI-I化合物;(d1) reacting the compound of formula V-I with reagent O to obtain the compound of formula VI-I;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100021
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100021
    其中,试剂O为羟胺或其盐;较佳地,为硫酸羟胺;Wherein, reagent O is hydroxylamine or its salt; Preferably, it is hydroxylamine sulfate;
    或者,or,
    所述的式VI化合物为式VI-II化合物,且所述方法包括步骤:The compound of formula VI is the compound of formula VI-II, and the method comprises the steps:
    (d2)式V-II化合物与试剂O反应,生成式VI-II化合物;(d2) the compound of formula V-II reacts with reagent O to generate the compound of formula VI-II;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100022
    其中,试剂O选自下组:有机酸、无机酸、水合肼,或其组合。Wherein, the reagent O is selected from the group consisting of organic acid, inorganic acid, hydrazine hydrate, or a combination thereof.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 7, wherein:
    所述的方法还包括步骤:式V-I化合物的制备;并且所述式V-I化合物的制备包括步骤:The method further comprises the steps of: the preparation of the compound of formula V-I; and the preparation of the compound of the formula V-I comprises the steps:
    (a1)使式I-I化合物与式II化合物反应,从而得到式III-I化合物;(a1) reacting a compound of formula I-I with a compound of formula II to obtain a compound of formula III-I;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100023
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100023
    (b1)使式III-I化合物与试剂M反应,从而得到式IV-I化合物;(b1) reacting the compound of formula III-I with reagent M to obtain the compound of formula IV-I;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100024
    其中,试剂M为异丁酸酐,异丁酸,或异丁酰氯;Wherein, reagent M is isobutyric anhydride, isobutyric acid, or isobutyryl chloride;
    (c1)在试剂N存在下,使式IV-I化合物发生反应,从而得到式V-I化合物;(c1) in the presence of reagent N, the compound of formula IV-I is reacted to obtain the compound of formula V-I;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100025
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100025
    其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
    各式中,R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基; In each formula, R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl;
    或者,or,
    所述的方法还包括步骤:式V-II化合物的制备;并且所述式V-II化合物的制备包括步骤:The method further comprises the steps of: the preparation of the compound of formula V-II; and the preparation of the compound of the formula V-II comprises the steps:
    (a2)式I-II化合物与式II化合物发生反应,生成式III-II化合物;(a2) the compound of formula I-II reacts with the compound of formula II to generate the compound of formula III-II;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100026
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100026
    (b2)式III-II化合物与试剂M发生反应,生成式IV-II化合物;(b2) the compound of formula III-II reacts with the reagent M to generate the compound of formula IV-II;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100027
    其中,试剂M为
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100028
    或其盐,R 14为OH、Cl取代的苯氧基、苯磺酸酯基;
    Among them, the reagent M is
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100028
    or its salt, R 14 is OH, Cl substituted phenoxy, benzene sulfonate group;
    (c2)式IV-II化合物与试剂N发生反应,生成式V-II化合物;(c2) compound of formula IV-II reacts with reagent N to generate compound of formula V-II;
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100029
    Figure PCTCN2021139339-appb-100029
    其中,试剂N为质子性溶剂;较佳地,试剂N选自下组:C1-C6的烷基醇、水、盐的水溶液、有机酸、有机酸的水溶液、无机酸的水溶液,或其组合;Wherein, the reagent N is a protic solvent; preferably, the reagent N is selected from the following group: C1-C6 alkyl alcohol, water, aqueous solution of salt, organic acid, aqueous solution of organic acid, aqueous solution of inorganic acid, or a combination thereof ;
    各式中,various,
    R 4和R 5为甲基;R 6和R 7各自独立地为氢、C1-C16烷基。 R 4 and R 5 are methyl; R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C16 alkyl.
  9. 一种式III-I化合物、式IV-I化合物或式V-I化合物的用途,其特征在于,用于制备Molnupiravir(EIDD-2801/MK4482)。Use of a compound of formula III-I, compound of formula IV-I or compound of formula V-I, characterized in that it is used to prepare Molnupiravir (EIDD-2801/MK4482).
  10. 一种式III-II化合物、式IV-II化合物或式V-II化合物的用途,其特征在于,用于制备Remdesivir(GS-5734)。Use of a compound of formula III-II, compound of formula IV-II or compound of formula V-II, characterized in that it is used to prepare Remdesivir (GS-5734).
PCT/CN2021/139339 2020-12-18 2021-12-17 Preparation method for and intermediate of 5'-nucleoside prodrug WO2022127920A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011507306.8 2020-12-18
CN202011507306 2020-12-18
CN202110269903.XA CN114644666A (en) 2020-12-18 2021-03-12 Process for the preparation of 5' -nucleoside prodrugs and intermediates
CN202110269903.X 2021-03-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022127920A1 true WO2022127920A1 (en) 2022-06-23

Family

ID=81991733

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/139339 WO2022127920A1 (en) 2020-12-18 2021-12-17 Preparation method for and intermediate of 5'-nucleoside prodrug

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114644666A (en)
WO (1) WO2022127920A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101469008A (en) * 2007-12-29 2009-07-01 上海特化医药科技有限公司 Capecitabine hydroxy derivatives, preparation thereof and use in capecitabine preparation
CN101657462A (en) * 2007-05-25 2010-02-24 上海特化医药科技有限公司 The Preparation Method And Their Intermediate of capecitabine
CN105273023A (en) * 2014-06-26 2016-01-27 昆明积大制药股份有限公司 Preparation method of cytarabine 5'-O-L-valine ester hydrochloride
CN108440626A (en) * 2018-03-16 2018-08-24 昆明积大制药股份有限公司 The crystal form and preparation method thereof of 5 '-O-L- valinate hydrochlorides of cytarabine
CN112074506A (en) * 2018-03-07 2020-12-11 埃默里大学 4' -halo-containing nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101657462A (en) * 2007-05-25 2010-02-24 上海特化医药科技有限公司 The Preparation Method And Their Intermediate of capecitabine
CN101469008A (en) * 2007-12-29 2009-07-01 上海特化医药科技有限公司 Capecitabine hydroxy derivatives, preparation thereof and use in capecitabine preparation
CN105273023A (en) * 2014-06-26 2016-01-27 昆明积大制药股份有限公司 Preparation method of cytarabine 5'-O-L-valine ester hydrochloride
CN112074506A (en) * 2018-03-07 2020-12-11 埃默里大学 4' -halo-containing nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto
CN108440626A (en) * 2018-03-16 2018-08-24 昆明积大制药股份有限公司 The crystal form and preparation method thereof of 5 '-O-L- valinate hydrochlorides of cytarabine

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
OYELERE ADEGBOYEGA K., STROBEL SCOTT A.: "Biochemical Detection of Cytidine Protonation within RNA", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 122, no. 42, 1 October 2000 (2000-10-01), pages 10259 - 10267, XP055942382, ISSN: 0002-7863, DOI: 10.1021/ja001918t *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114644666A (en) 2022-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2970123B1 (en) Salt of omecamtiv mecarbil and process for preparing salt
CN102985416B (en) Process of preparing a thrombin specific inhibitor
JP5889275B2 (en) Raltegravir salt and its crystalline form
CA2556991A1 (en) Crystalline forms of valacyclovir hydrochloride
WO2008144980A1 (en) The preparation method and intermediates of capecitabine
CN102702178B (en) Process for the preparation of lapatinib and the salts thereof
KR102266680B1 (en) Polymorphic Forms of Belinostet and Methods of Making It
CN106831737B (en) Preparation of vipatavir and derivatives thereof
US20070203176A1 (en) Crystalline forms of dolasetron base and processes for preparation thereof
CA2457835A1 (en) Crystalline forms of valacyclovir hydrochloride
CN102875537A (en) Novel preparation method of antithrombosis medicine
CN107810189A (en) Method for preparing nitrogen mustard derivatives
CN107089984A (en) A kind of synthetic method of Ticagrelor
CN108947989B (en) Deuterated optical isomer and medical application thereof
WO2019170050A1 (en) 2-thiomethylpyrazolopyrimidinone compound, preparation method thereof, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
WO2019021945A1 (en) Photoresponsive nucleotide analog capable of photocrosslinking in visible light region
WO2021129841A1 (en) Compound used as ret kinase inhibitor and application thereof
TW201829420A (en) New solid forms of [(1s)-1-[(2s,4r,5r)-5-(5-amino-2-oxo-thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl]propyl] acetate
WO2022127920A1 (en) Preparation method for and intermediate of 5'-nucleoside prodrug
WO2012041015A1 (en) Method for preparing acyclic nucleoside monophosphate compound as antiviral drug
CN102438996B (en) Histone deacetylase inhibitors with branched structure synthesized through click chemistry
CN109496215B (en) Fosaprepitant phosphate intermediate and preparation method thereof
JP4326841B2 (en) Method for purifying protected 2'-deoxycytidines
JP2003513101A (en) Nucleoside derivative having a photosensitive protecting group
CN104230782A (en) Synthetic method of silodosin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21905843

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21905843

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1